attempt to drop old build-deps
[debian-policy.git] / fhs-2.3.html
blobd9689207b7faccf0fcdd60ee5755e68589e20264
1 <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
2 <HTML
3 ><HEAD
4 ><script>function PrivoxyWindowOpen(){return(null);}</script><TITLE
5 >Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</TITLE
6 ><META
7 NAME="GENERATOR"
8 CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
9 ><BODY
10 CLASS="BOOK"
11 ><DIV
12 CLASS="BOOK"
13 ><A
14 NAME="AEN1"
15 ></A
16 ><DIV
17 CLASS="TITLEPAGE"
18 ><H1
19 CLASS="TITLE"
20 ><A
21 NAME="AEN2"
22 >Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</A
23 ></H1
24 ><H3
25 CLASS="CORPAUTHOR"
26 >Filesystem Hierarchy Standard Group</H3
27 ><H4
28 CLASS="EDITEDBY"
29 >Edited by</H4
30 ><H3
31 CLASS="EDITOR"
32 >Rusty Russell</H3
33 ><H3
34 CLASS="EDITOR"
35 >Daniel Quinlan</H3
36 ><H3
37 CLASS="EDITOR"
38 >Christopher Yeoh</H3
39 ><P
40 CLASS="COPYRIGHT"
41 >Copyright &copy; 1994-2004 Daniel Quinlan</P
42 ><P
43 CLASS="COPYRIGHT"
44 >Copyright &copy; 2001-2004 Paul 'Rusty' Russell</P
45 ><P
46 CLASS="COPYRIGHT"
47 >Copyright &copy; 2003-2004 Christopher Yeoh</P
48 ><DIV
49 ><DIV
50 CLASS="ABSTRACT"
51 ><P
52 ></P
53 ><A
54 NAME="AEN30"
55 ></A
56 ><P
57 >This standard consists of a set of requirements and guidelines for file
58 and directory placement under UNIX-like operating systems. The
59 guidelines are intended to support interoperability of applications,
60 system administration tools, development tools, and scripts as well as
61 greater uniformity of documentation for these systems.</P
62 ><P
63 ></P
64 ></DIV
65 ></DIV
66 ><DIV
67 CLASS="LEGALNOTICE"
68 ><P
69 ></P
70 ><A
71 NAME="AEN25"
72 ></A
73 ><P
74 >All trademarks and copyrights are owned by their owners, unless
75 specifically noted otherwise. Use of a term in this document should not
76 be regarded as affecting the validity of any trademark or service
77 mark.</P
78 ><P
79 >Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
80 this standard provided the copyright and this permission notice are
81 preserved on all copies.</P
82 ><P
83 >Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
84 standard under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that
85 the title page is labeled as modified including a reference to the
86 original standard, provided that information on retrieving the original
87 standard is included, and provided that the entire resulting derived
88 work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to
89 this one.</P
90 ><P
91 >Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
92 standard into another language, under the above conditions for modified
93 versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
94 translation approved by the copyright holder.</P
95 ><P
96 ></P
97 ></DIV
98 ><HR></DIV
99 ><DIV
100 CLASS="TOC"
101 ><DL
102 ><DT
104 >Table of Contents</B
105 ></DT
106 ><DT
107 >1. <A
108 HREF="#INTRODUCTION"
109 >Introduction</A
110 ></DT
111 ><DD
112 ><DL
113 ><DT
115 HREF="#PURPOSE"
116 >Purpose</A
117 ></DT
118 ><DT
120 HREF="#CONVENTIONS"
121 >Conventions</A
122 ></DT
123 ></DL
124 ></DD
125 ><DT
126 >2. <A
127 HREF="#THEFILESYSTEM"
128 >The Filesystem</A
129 ></DT
130 ><DT
131 >3. <A
132 HREF="#THEROOTFILESYSTEM"
133 >The Root Filesystem</A
134 ></DT
135 ><DD
136 ><DL
137 ><DT
139 HREF="#PURPOSE2"
140 >Purpose</A
141 ></DT
142 ><DT
144 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS"
145 >Requirements</A
146 ></DT
147 ><DT
149 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS"
150 >Specific Options</A
151 ></DT
152 ><DT
154 HREF="#BINESSENTIALUSERCOMMANDBINARIES"
155 >/bin : Essential user command binaries (for use by all users)</A
156 ></DT
157 ><DD
158 ><DL
159 ><DT
161 HREF="#PURPOSE3"
162 >Purpose</A
163 ></DT
164 ><DT
166 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS2"
167 >Requirements</A
168 ></DT
169 ><DT
171 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS2"
172 >Specific Options</A
173 ></DT
174 ></DL
175 ></DD
176 ><DT
178 HREF="#BOOTSTATICFILESOFTHEBOOTLOADER"
179 >/boot : Static files of the boot loader</A
180 ></DT
181 ><DD
182 ><DL
183 ><DT
185 HREF="#PURPOSE4"
186 >Purpose</A
187 ></DT
188 ><DT
190 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS3"
191 >Specific Options</A
192 ></DT
193 ></DL
194 ></DD
195 ><DT
197 HREF="#DEVDEVICEFILES"
198 >/dev : Device files</A
199 ></DT
200 ><DD
201 ><DL
202 ><DT
204 HREF="#PURPOSE5"
205 >Purpose</A
206 ></DT
207 ><DT
209 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS4"
210 >Specific Options</A
211 ></DT
212 ></DL
213 ></DD
214 ><DT
216 HREF="#ETCHOSTSPECIFICSYSTEMCONFIGURATION"
217 >/etc : Host-specific system configuration</A
218 ></DT
219 ><DD
220 ><DL
221 ><DT
223 HREF="#PURPOSE6"
224 >Purpose</A
225 ></DT
226 ><DT
228 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS3"
229 >Requirements</A
230 ></DT
231 ><DT
233 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS5"
234 >Specific Options</A
235 ></DT
236 ><DT
238 HREF="#ETCOPTCONFIGURATIONFILESFOROPT"
239 >/etc/opt : Configuration files for /opt</A
240 ></DT
241 ><DT
243 HREF="#ETCX11CONFIGURATIONFORTHEXWINDOWS"
244 >/etc/X11 : Configuration for the X Window System (optional)</A
245 ></DT
246 ><DT
248 HREF="#ETCSGMLCONFIGURATIONFILESFORSGMLAN"
249 >/etc/sgml : Configuration files for SGML (optional)</A
250 ></DT
251 ><DT
253 HREF="#AEN795"
254 >/etc/xml : Configuration files for XML (optional)</A
255 ></DT
256 ></DL
257 ></DD
258 ><DT
260 HREF="#HOMEUSERHOMEDIRECTORIES"
261 >/home : User home directories (optional)</A
262 ></DT
263 ><DD
264 ><DL
265 ><DT
267 HREF="#PURPOSE10"
268 >Purpose</A
269 ></DT
270 ><DT
272 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS4A"
273 >Requirements</A
274 ></DT
275 ></DL
276 ></DD
277 ><DT
279 HREF="#LIBESSENTIALSHAREDLIBRARIESANDKERN"
280 >/lib : Essential shared libraries and kernel modules</A
281 ></DT
282 ><DD
283 ><DL
284 ><DT
286 HREF="#PURPOSE11"
287 >Purpose</A
288 ></DT
289 ><DT
291 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS5"
292 >Requirements</A
293 ></DT
294 ><DT
296 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS7"
297 >Specific Options</A
298 ></DT
299 ></DL
300 ></DD
301 ><DT
303 HREF="#LIBLTQUALGTALTERNATEFORMATESSENTIAL"
304 >/lib&lt;qual&gt; : Alternate format essential shared libraries (optional)</A
305 ></DT
306 ><DD
307 ><DL
308 ><DT
310 HREF="#PURPOSE12"
311 >Purpose</A
312 ></DT
313 ><DT
315 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS6"
316 >Requirements</A
317 ></DT
318 ></DL
319 ></DD
320 ><DT
322 HREF="#MEDIAMOUNTPOINT"
323 >/media : Mount point for removeable media</A
324 ></DT
325 ><DD
326 ><DL
327 ><DT
329 HREF="#PURPOSEMEDIAMOUNTPOINT"
330 >Purpose</A
331 ></DT
332 ><DT
334 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONSMEDIAMOUNT"
335 >Specific Options</A
336 ></DT
337 ></DL
338 ></DD
339 ><DT
341 HREF="#MNTMOUNTPOINTFORATEMPORARILYMOUNT"
342 >/mnt : Mount point for a temporarily mounted filesystem</A
343 ></DT
344 ><DD
345 ><DL
346 ><DT
348 HREF="#PURPOSE13"
349 >Purpose</A
350 ></DT
351 ></DL
352 ></DD
353 ><DT
355 HREF="#OPTADDONAPPLICATIONSOFTWAREPACKAGES"
356 >/opt : Add-on application software packages</A
357 ></DT
358 ><DD
359 ><DL
360 ><DT
362 HREF="#PURPOSE14"
363 >Purpose</A
364 ></DT
365 ><DT
367 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS7"
368 >Requirements</A
369 ></DT
370 ></DL
371 ></DD
372 ><DT
374 HREF="#ROOTHOMEDIRECTORYFORTHEROOTUSER"
375 >/root : Home directory for the root user (optional)</A
376 ></DT
377 ><DD
378 ><DL
379 ><DT
381 HREF="#PURPOSE15"
382 >Purpose</A
383 ></DT
384 ></DL
385 ></DD
386 ><DT
388 HREF="#SBINSYSTEMBINARIES"
389 >/sbin : System binaries</A
390 ></DT
391 ><DD
392 ><DL
393 ><DT
395 HREF="#PURPOSE16"
396 >Purpose</A
397 ></DT
398 ><DT
400 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS8"
401 >Requirements</A
402 ></DT
403 ><DT
405 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS8"
406 >Specific Options</A
407 ></DT
408 ></DL
409 ></DD
410 ><DT
412 HREF="#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM"
413 >/srv : Data for services provided by this system</A
414 ></DT
415 ><DD
416 ><DL
417 ><DT
419 HREF="#PURPOSE16A"
420 >Purpose</A
421 ></DT
422 ></DL
423 ></DD
424 ><DT
426 HREF="#TMPTEMPORARYFILES"
427 >/tmp : Temporary files</A
428 ></DT
429 ><DD
430 ><DL
431 ><DT
433 HREF="#PURPOSE17"
434 >Purpose</A
435 ></DT
436 ></DL
437 ></DD
438 ></DL
439 ></DD
440 ><DT
441 >4. <A
442 HREF="#THEUSRHIERARCHY"
443 >The /usr Hierarchy</A
444 ></DT
445 ><DD
446 ><DL
447 ><DT
449 HREF="#PURPOSE18"
450 >Purpose</A
451 ></DT
452 ><DT
454 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS9"
455 >Requirements</A
456 ></DT
457 ><DT
459 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS9"
460 >Specific Options</A
461 ></DT
462 ><DT
464 HREF="#USRX11R6XWINDOWSYSTEMVERSION11REL"
465 >/usr/X11R6 : X Window System, Version 11 Release 6 (optional)</A
466 ></DT
467 ><DD
468 ><DL
469 ><DT
471 HREF="#PURPOSE19"
472 >Purpose</A
473 ></DT
474 ><DT
476 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS10"
477 >Specific Options</A
478 ></DT
479 ></DL
480 ></DD
481 ><DT
483 HREF="#USRBINMOSTUSERCOMMANDS"
484 >/usr/bin : Most user commands</A
485 ></DT
486 ><DD
487 ><DL
488 ><DT
490 HREF="#PURPOSE20"
491 >Purpose</A
492 ></DT
493 ><DT
495 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS11"
496 >Specific Options</A
497 ></DT
498 ></DL
499 ></DD
500 ><DT
502 HREF="#USRINCLUDEDIRECTORYFORSTANDARDINCLU"
503 >/usr/include : Directory for standard include files.</A
504 ></DT
505 ><DD
506 ><DL
507 ><DT
509 HREF="#PURPOSE21"
510 >Purpose</A
511 ></DT
512 ><DT
514 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS12"
515 >Specific Options</A
516 ></DT
517 ></DL
518 ></DD
519 ><DT
521 HREF="#USRLIBLIBRARIESFORPROGRAMMINGANDPA"
522 >/usr/lib : Libraries for programming and packages</A
523 ></DT
524 ><DD
525 ><DL
526 ><DT
528 HREF="#PURPOSE22"
529 >Purpose</A
530 ></DT
531 ><DT
533 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS13"
534 >Specific Options</A
535 ></DT
536 ></DL
537 ></DD
538 ><DT
540 HREF="#USRLIBLTQUALGTALTERNATEFORMATLIBRARI"
541 >/usr/lib&lt;qual&gt; : Alternate format libraries (optional)</A
542 ></DT
543 ><DD
544 ><DL
545 ><DT
547 HREF="#PURPOSE23"
548 >Purpose</A
549 ></DT
550 ><DT
552 HREF="#USRLOCALLOCALHIERARCHY"
553 >/usr/local : Local hierarchy</A
554 ></DT
555 ></DL
556 ></DD
557 ><DT
559 HREF="#USRLOCALSHARE1"
560 >/usr/local/share</A
561 ></DT
562 ><DT
564 HREF="#USRSBINNONESSENTIALSTANDARDSYSTEMBI"
565 >/usr/sbin : Non-essential standard system binaries</A
566 ></DT
567 ><DD
568 ><DL
569 ><DT
571 HREF="#PURPOSE25"
572 >Purpose</A
573 ></DT
574 ></DL
575 ></DD
576 ><DT
578 HREF="#USRSHAREARCHITECTUREINDEPENDENTDATA"
579 >/usr/share : Architecture-independent data</A
580 ></DT
581 ><DD
582 ><DL
583 ><DT
585 HREF="#PURPOSE26"
586 >Purpose</A
587 ></DT
588 ><DT
590 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS11"
591 >Requirements</A
592 ></DT
593 ><DT
595 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS15"
596 >Specific Options</A
597 ></DT
598 ><DT
600 HREF="#USRSHAREDICTWORDLISTS"
601 >/usr/share/dict : Word lists (optional)</A
602 ></DT
603 ><DT
605 HREF="#USRSHAREMANMANUALPAGES"
606 >/usr/share/man : Manual pages</A
607 ></DT
608 ><DT
610 HREF="#USRSHAREMISCMISCELLANEOUSARCHITECTURE"
611 >/usr/share/misc : Miscellaneous architecture-independent data</A
612 ></DT
613 ><DT
615 HREF="#USRSHARESGMLSGMLANDXMLDATA"
616 >/usr/share/sgml : SGML data (optional)</A
617 ></DT
618 ><DT
620 HREF="#AEN2007"
621 >/usr/share/xml : XML data (optional)</A
622 ></DT
623 ></DL
624 ></DD
625 ><DT
627 HREF="#USRSRCSOURCECODE"
628 >/usr/src : Source code (optional)</A
629 ></DT
630 ><DD
631 ><DL
632 ><DT
634 HREF="#PURPOSE30"
635 >Purpose</A
636 ></DT
637 ></DL
638 ></DD
639 ></DL
640 ></DD
641 ><DT
642 >5. <A
643 HREF="#THEVARHIERARCHY"
644 >The /var Hierarchy</A
645 ></DT
646 ><DD
647 ><DL
648 ><DT
650 HREF="#PURPOSE31"
651 >Purpose</A
652 ></DT
653 ><DT
655 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS12"
656 >Requirements</A
657 ></DT
658 ><DT
660 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS20"
661 >Specific Options</A
662 ></DT
663 ><DT
665 HREF="#VARACCOUNTPROCESSACCOUNTINGLOGS"
666 >/var/account : Process accounting logs (optional)</A
667 ></DT
668 ><DD
669 ><DL
670 ><DT
672 HREF="#PURPOSE32"
673 >Purpose</A
674 ></DT
675 ></DL
676 ></DD
677 ><DT
679 HREF="#VARCACHEAPPLICATIONCACHEDATA"
680 >/var/cache : Application cache data</A
681 ></DT
682 ><DD
683 ><DL
684 ><DT
686 HREF="#PURPOSE33"
687 >Purpose</A
688 ></DT
689 ><DT
691 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS21"
692 >Specific Options</A
693 ></DT
694 ><DT
696 HREF="#VARCACHEFONTSLOCALLYGENERATEDFONTS"
697 >/var/cache/fonts : Locally-generated fonts (optional)</A
698 ></DT
699 ><DT
701 HREF="#VARCACHEMANLOCALLYFORMATTEDMANUALPAG"
702 >/var/cache/man : Locally-formatted manual pages (optional)</A
703 ></DT
704 ></DL
705 ></DD
706 ><DT
708 HREF="#VARCRASHSYSTEMCRASHDUMPS"
709 >/var/crash : System crash dumps (optional)</A
710 ></DT
711 ><DD
712 ><DL
713 ><DT
715 HREF="#PURPOSE36"
716 >Purpose</A
717 ></DT
718 ></DL
719 ></DD
720 ><DT
722 HREF="#VARGAMESVARIABLEGAMEDATA"
723 >/var/games : Variable game data (optional)</A
724 ></DT
725 ><DD
726 ><DL
727 ><DT
729 HREF="#PURPOSE37"
730 >Purpose</A
731 ></DT
732 ></DL
733 ></DD
734 ><DT
736 HREF="#VARLIBVARIABLESTATEINFORMATION"
737 >/var/lib : Variable state information</A
738 ></DT
739 ><DD
740 ><DL
741 ><DT
743 HREF="#PURPOSE38"
744 >Purpose</A
745 ></DT
746 ><DT
748 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS13"
749 >Requirements</A
750 ></DT
751 ><DT
753 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS23"
754 >Specific Options</A
755 ></DT
756 ><DT
758 HREF="#VARLIBLTEDITORGTEDITORBACKUPFILESAN"
759 >/var/lib/&lt;editor&gt; : Editor backup files and state (optional)</A
760 ></DT
761 ><DT
763 HREF="#VARLIBHWCLOCKSTATEDIRECTORYFORHWCLO"
764 >/var/lib/hwclock : State directory for hwclock (optional)</A
765 ></DT
766 ><DT
768 HREF="#VARLIBMISCMISCELLANEOUSVARIABLEDATA"
769 >/var/lib/misc : Miscellaneous variable data</A
770 ></DT
771 ></DL
772 ></DD
773 ><DT
775 HREF="#VARLOCKLOCKFILES"
776 >/var/lock : Lock files</A
777 ></DT
778 ><DD
779 ><DL
780 ><DT
782 HREF="#PURPOSE42"
783 >Purpose</A
784 ></DT
785 ></DL
786 ></DD
787 ><DT
789 HREF="#VARLOGLOGFILESANDDIRECTORIES"
790 >/var/log : Log files and directories</A
791 ></DT
792 ><DD
793 ><DL
794 ><DT
796 HREF="#PURPOSE43"
797 >Purpose</A
798 ></DT
799 ><DT
801 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS24"
802 >Specific Options</A
803 ></DT
804 ></DL
805 ></DD
806 ><DT
808 HREF="#VARMAILUSERMAILBOXFILES"
809 >/var/mail : User mailbox files (optional)</A
810 ></DT
811 ><DD
812 ><DL
813 ><DT
815 HREF="#PURPOSE44"
816 >Purpose</A
817 ></DT
818 ></DL
819 ></DD
820 ><DT
822 HREF="#VAROPTVARIABLEDATAFOROPT"
823 >/var/opt : Variable data for /opt</A
824 ></DT
825 ><DD
826 ><DL
827 ><DT
829 HREF="#PURPOSE45"
830 >Purpose</A
831 ></DT
832 ></DL
833 ></DD
834 ><DT
836 HREF="#VARRUNRUNTIMEVARIABLEDATA"
837 >/var/run : Run-time variable data</A
838 ></DT
839 ><DD
840 ><DL
841 ><DT
843 HREF="#PURPOSE46"
844 >Purpose</A
845 ></DT
846 ><DT
848 HREF="#REQUIREMENTS14"
849 >Requirements</A
850 ></DT
851 ></DL
852 ></DD
853 ><DT
855 HREF="#VARSPOOLAPPLICATIONSPOOLDATA"
856 >/var/spool : Application spool data</A
857 ></DT
858 ><DD
859 ><DL
860 ><DT
862 HREF="#PURPOSE47"
863 >Purpose</A
864 ></DT
865 ><DT
867 HREF="#SPECIFICOPTIONS25"
868 >Specific Options</A
869 ></DT
870 ><DT
872 HREF="#VARSPOOLLPDLINEPRINTERDAEMONPRINTQU"
873 >/var/spool/lpd : Line-printer daemon print queues (optional)</A
874 ></DT
875 ><DT
877 HREF="#VARSPOOLRWHORWHODFILES"
878 >/var/spool/rwho : Rwhod files (optional)</A
879 ></DT
880 ></DL
881 ></DD
882 ><DT
884 HREF="#VARTMPTEMPORARYFILESPRESERVEDBETWEE"
885 >/var/tmp : Temporary files preserved between system reboots</A
886 ></DT
887 ><DD
888 ><DL
889 ><DT
891 HREF="#PURPOSE50"
892 >Purpose</A
893 ></DT
894 ></DL
895 ></DD
896 ><DT
898 HREF="#VARYPNETWORKINFORMATIONSERVICE"
899 >/var/yp : Network Information Service (NIS) database files (optional)</A
900 ></DT
901 ><DD
902 ><DL
903 ><DT
905 HREF="#PURPOSE51"
906 >Purpose</A
907 ></DT
908 ></DL
909 ></DD
910 ></DL
911 ></DD
912 ><DT
913 >6. <A
914 HREF="#OPERATINGSYSTEMSPECIFICANNEX"
915 >Operating System Specific Annex</A
916 ></DT
917 ><DD
918 ><DL
919 ><DT
921 HREF="#LINUX"
922 >Linux</A
923 ></DT
924 ><DD
925 ><DL
926 ><DT
928 HREF="#ROOTDIRECTORY"
929 >/ : Root directory</A
930 ></DT
931 ><DT
933 HREF="#BINESSENTIALUSERCOMMANDBINARIES2"
934 >/bin : Essential user command binaries (for use by all users)</A
935 ></DT
936 ><DT
938 HREF="#DEVDEVICESANDSPECIALFILES"
939 >/dev : Devices and special files</A
940 ></DT
941 ><DT
943 HREF="#ETCHOSTSPECIFICSYSTEMCONFIGURATION2"
944 >/etc : Host-specific system configuration</A
945 ></DT
946 ><DT
948 HREF="#LIB64"
949 >/lib64 and /lib32 : 64/32-bit libraries (architecture dependent)</A
950 ></DT
951 ><DT
953 HREF="#PROCKERNELANDPROCESSINFORMATIONVIR"
954 >/proc : Kernel and process information virtual filesystem</A
955 ></DT
956 ><DT
958 HREF="#SBINESSENTIALSYSTEMBINARIES"
959 >/sbin : Essential system binaries</A
960 ></DT
961 ><DT
963 HREF="#USRINCLUDEHEADERFILESINCLUDEDBYCP"
964 >/usr/include : Header files included by C programs</A
965 ></DT
966 ><DT
968 HREF="#USRSRCSOURCECODE2"
969 >/usr/src : Source code</A
970 ></DT
971 ><DT
973 HREF="#VARSPOOLCRONCRONANDATJOBS"
974 >/var/spool/cron : cron and at jobs</A
975 ></DT
976 ></DL
977 ></DD
978 ></DL
979 ></DD
980 ><DT
981 >7. <A
982 HREF="#APPENDIX"
983 >Appendix</A
984 ></DT
985 ><DD
986 ><DL
987 ><DT
989 HREF="#THEFHSMAILINGLIST"
990 >The FHS mailing list</A
991 ></DT
992 ><DT
994 HREF="#BACKGROUNDOFTHEFHS"
995 >Background of the FHS</A
996 ></DT
997 ><DT
999 HREF="#GENERALGUIDELINES"
1000 >General Guidelines</A
1001 ></DT
1002 ><DT
1004 HREF="#SCOPE"
1005 >Scope</A
1006 ></DT
1007 ><DT
1009 HREF="#ACKNOWLEDGMENTS"
1010 >Acknowledgments</A
1011 ></DT
1012 ><DT
1014 HREF="#CONTRIBUTORS"
1015 >Contributors</A
1016 ></DT
1017 ></DL
1018 ></DD
1019 ></DL
1020 ></DIV
1021 ><DIV
1022 CLASS="CHAPTER"
1023 ><HR><H1
1025 NAME="INTRODUCTION"
1026 ></A
1027 >Chapter 1. Introduction</H1
1028 ><DIV
1029 CLASS="SECTION"
1030 ><H2
1031 CLASS="SECTION"
1033 NAME="PURPOSE"
1034 >Purpose</A
1035 ></H2
1037 >This standard enables:</P
1039 ></P
1040 ><UL
1041 ><LI
1043 >Software to predict the location of installed files and
1044 directories, and</P
1045 ></LI
1046 ><LI
1048 >Users to predict the location of installed files and
1049 directories.</P
1050 ></LI
1051 ></UL
1053 >We do this by:</P
1055 ></P
1056 ><UL
1057 ><LI
1059 >Specifying guiding principles for each area of the filesystem,</P
1060 ></LI
1061 ><LI
1063 >Specifying the minimum files and directories required,</P
1064 ></LI
1065 ><LI
1067 >Enumerating exceptions to the principles, and</P
1068 ></LI
1069 ><LI
1071 >Enumerating specific cases where there has been historical conflict.</P
1072 ></LI
1073 ></UL
1075 >The FHS document is used by:</P
1077 ></P
1078 ><UL
1079 ><LI
1081 >Independent software suppliers to create applications which are FHS
1082 compliant, and work with distributions which are FHS complaint,</P
1083 ></LI
1084 ><LI
1086 >OS creators to provide systems which are FHS compliant, and</P
1087 ></LI
1088 ><LI
1090 >Users to understand and maintain the FHS compliance of a system.</P
1091 ></LI
1092 ></UL
1094 >The FHS document has a limited scope:</P
1096 ></P
1097 ><UL
1098 ><LI
1100 >Local placement of local files is a local issue, so FHS does not
1101 attempt to usurp system administrators.</P
1102 ></LI
1103 ><LI
1105 >FHS addresses issues where file placements need to be coordinated
1106 between multiple parties such as local sites, distributions,
1107 applications, documentation, etc.</P
1108 ></LI
1109 ></UL
1110 ></DIV
1111 ><DIV
1112 CLASS="SECTION"
1113 ><HR><H2
1114 CLASS="SECTION"
1116 NAME="CONVENTIONS"
1117 >Conventions</A
1118 ></H2
1120 >We recommend that you read a typeset version of this document rather
1121 than the plain text version. In the typeset version, the names of files
1122 and directories are displayed in a constant-width font.</P
1124 >Components of filenames that vary are represented by a description
1125 of the contents enclosed in "<SPAN
1126 CLASS="emphasis"
1128 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1129 >&lt;</I
1130 ></SPAN
1131 >" and
1132 "<SPAN
1133 CLASS="emphasis"
1135 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1136 >&gt;</I
1137 ></SPAN
1138 >" characters, <SPAN
1139 CLASS="emphasis"
1141 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1142 >&lt;thus&gt;</I
1143 ></SPAN
1144 >. Electronic mail addresses are also
1145 enclosed in "&lt;" and "&gt;" but are shown in the usual
1146 typeface.</P
1148 >Optional components of filenames are enclosed in
1149 "<SPAN
1150 CLASS="emphasis"
1152 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1153 >[</I
1154 ></SPAN
1155 >" and "<SPAN
1156 CLASS="emphasis"
1158 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1159 >]</I
1160 ></SPAN
1161 >" characters and may
1162 be combined with the "<SPAN
1163 CLASS="emphasis"
1165 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1166 >&lt;</I
1167 ></SPAN
1168 >" and
1169 "<SPAN
1170 CLASS="emphasis"
1172 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1173 >&gt;</I
1174 ></SPAN
1175 >" convention. For example, if a filename is
1176 allowed to occur either with or without an extension, it might be
1177 represented by
1178 <SPAN
1179 CLASS="emphasis"
1181 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1182 >&lt;filename&gt;[.&lt;extension&gt;]</I
1183 ></SPAN
1184 >.</P
1186 >Variable substrings of directory names and filenames are indicated
1187 by "<SPAN
1188 CLASS="emphasis"
1190 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1191 >*</I
1192 ></SPAN
1193 >".</P
1195 >The sections of the text marked as
1196 <SPAN
1197 CLASS="emphasis"
1199 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1200 >Rationale</I
1201 ></SPAN
1202 > are explanatory and are
1203 non-normative.</P
1204 ></DIV
1205 ></DIV
1206 ><DIV
1207 CLASS="CHAPTER"
1208 ><HR><H1
1210 NAME="THEFILESYSTEM"
1211 ></A
1212 >Chapter 2. The Filesystem</H1
1214 >This standard assumes that the operating system underlying an
1215 FHS-compliant file system supports the same basic security features
1216 found in most UNIX filesystems.</P
1218 >It is possible to define two independent distinctions among
1219 files: shareable vs. unshareable and variable vs. static. In general,
1220 files that differ in either of these respects should be located in
1221 different directories. This makes it easy to store files with
1222 different usage characteristics on different filesystems.</P
1224 >"Shareable" files are those that can be stored on one host
1225 and used on others. "Unshareable" files are those that are not
1226 shareable. For example, the files in user home directories are
1227 shareable whereas device lock files are not.</P
1229 >"Static" files include binaries, libraries, documentation
1230 files and other files that do not change without system administrator
1231 intervention. "Variable" files are files that are not static.</P
1232 ><DIV
1233 CLASS="TIP"
1235 ></P
1236 ><TABLE
1237 CLASS="TIP"
1238 WIDTH="100%"
1239 BORDER="0"
1240 ><TR
1241 ><TD
1242 WIDTH="25"
1243 ALIGN="CENTER"
1244 VALIGN="TOP"
1245 ><IMG
1246 SRC="tip.gif"
1247 HSPACE="5"
1248 ALT="Tip"></TD
1249 ><TH
1250 ALIGN="LEFT"
1251 VALIGN="CENTER"
1253 >Rationale</B
1254 ></TH
1255 ></TR
1256 ><TR
1257 ><TD
1258 >&nbsp;</TD
1259 ><TD
1260 ALIGN="LEFT"
1261 VALIGN="TOP"
1263 >Shareable files can be stored on one host and used on several
1264 others. Typically, however, not all files in the filesystem
1265 hierarchy are shareable and so each system has local storage
1266 containing at least its unshareable files. It is convenient if all
1267 the files a system requires that are stored on a foreign host can be
1268 made available by mounting one or a few directories from the foreign
1269 host.</P
1271 >Static and variable files should be segregated because static
1272 files, unlike variable files, can be stored on read-only media and
1273 do not need to be backed up on the same schedule as variable
1274 files.</P
1276 >Historical UNIX-like filesystem hierarchies contained both
1277 static and variable files under both <TT
1278 CLASS="FILENAME"
1279 >/usr</TT
1280 > and
1282 CLASS="FILENAME"
1283 >/etc</TT
1284 >. In order to realize the advantages
1285 mentioned above, the <TT
1286 CLASS="FILENAME"
1287 >/var</TT
1288 > hierarchy was
1289 created and all variable files were transferred from
1291 CLASS="FILENAME"
1292 >/usr</TT
1293 > to <TT
1294 CLASS="FILENAME"
1295 >/var</TT
1297 Consequently <TT
1298 CLASS="FILENAME"
1299 >/usr</TT
1300 > can now be mounted read-only
1301 (if it is a separate filesystem). Variable files have been
1302 transferred from <TT
1303 CLASS="FILENAME"
1304 >/etc</TT
1305 > to
1307 CLASS="FILENAME"
1308 >/var</TT
1309 > over a longer period as technology has
1310 permitted.</P
1312 >Here is an example of a FHS-compliant system.
1313 (Other FHS-compliant layouts are possible.)</P
1314 ><DIV
1315 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
1317 ></P
1319 NAME="AEN103"
1320 ></A
1321 ><TABLE
1322 BORDER="1"
1323 FRAME="hsides"
1324 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
1325 ><COL><COL><COL><THEAD
1326 ><TR
1327 ><TH
1328 ><SPAN
1329 CLASS="emphasis"
1331 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
1332 ></I
1333 ></SPAN
1334 ></TH
1335 ><TH
1336 >shareable</TH
1337 ><TH
1338 >unshareable</TH
1339 ></TR
1340 ></THEAD
1341 ><TBODY
1342 ><TR
1343 ><TD
1344 >static</TD
1345 ><TD
1346 >/usr</TD
1347 ><TD
1348 >/etc</TD
1349 ></TR
1350 ><TR
1351 ><TD
1352 >&nbsp;</TD
1353 ><TD
1354 >/opt</TD
1355 ><TD
1356 >/boot</TD
1357 ></TR
1358 ><TR
1359 ><TD
1360 >variable</TD
1361 ><TD
1362 >/var/mail</TD
1363 ><TD
1364 >/var/run</TD
1365 ></TR
1366 ><TR
1367 ><TD
1368 >&nbsp;</TD
1369 ><TD
1370 >/var/spool/news</TD
1371 ><TD
1372 >/var/lock</TD
1373 ></TR
1374 ></TBODY
1375 ></TABLE
1377 ></P
1378 ></DIV
1379 ></TD
1380 ></TR
1381 ></TABLE
1382 ></DIV
1383 ></DIV
1384 ><DIV
1385 CLASS="CHAPTER"
1386 ><HR><H1
1388 NAME="THEROOTFILESYSTEM"
1389 ></A
1390 >Chapter 3. The Root Filesystem</H1
1391 ><DIV
1392 CLASS="SECTION"
1393 ><H2
1394 CLASS="SECTION"
1396 NAME="PURPOSE2"
1397 >Purpose</A
1398 ></H2
1400 >The contents of the root filesystem must be adequate to boot,
1401 restore, recover, and/or repair the system.</P
1403 ></P
1404 ><UL
1405 ><LI
1406 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
1408 >To boot a system, enough must be present on the root partition
1409 to mount other filesystems. This includes utilities, configuration,
1410 boot loader information, and other essential start-up data.
1412 CLASS="FILENAME"
1413 >/usr</TT
1414 >, <TT
1415 CLASS="FILENAME"
1416 >/opt</TT
1417 >, and
1419 CLASS="FILENAME"
1420 >/var</TT
1421 > are designed such that they may be located
1422 on other partitions or filesystems.</P
1423 ></LI
1424 ><LI
1425 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
1427 >To enable recovery and/or repair of a system, those utilities
1428 needed by an experienced maintainer to diagnose and reconstruct a
1429 damaged system must be present on the root filesystem.</P
1430 ></LI
1431 ><LI
1432 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
1434 >To restore a system, those utilities needed to restore from
1435 system backups (on floppy, tape, etc.) must be present on the root
1436 filesystem.</P
1437 ></LI
1438 ></UL
1439 ><DIV
1440 CLASS="TIP"
1442 ></P
1443 ><TABLE
1444 CLASS="TIP"
1445 WIDTH="100%"
1446 BORDER="0"
1447 ><TR
1448 ><TD
1449 WIDTH="25"
1450 ALIGN="CENTER"
1451 VALIGN="TOP"
1452 ><IMG
1453 SRC="tip.gif"
1454 HSPACE="5"
1455 ALT="Tip"></TD
1456 ><TH
1457 ALIGN="LEFT"
1458 VALIGN="CENTER"
1460 >Rationale</B
1461 ></TH
1462 ></TR
1463 ><TR
1464 ><TD
1465 >&nbsp;</TD
1466 ><TD
1467 ALIGN="LEFT"
1468 VALIGN="TOP"
1470 >The primary concern used to balance these considerations, which
1471 favor placing many things on the root filesystem, is the goal of
1472 keeping root as small as reasonably possible. For several reasons, it
1473 is desirable to keep the root filesystem small:</P
1475 ></P
1476 ><UL
1477 ><LI
1479 >It is occasionally mounted from very small media.</P
1480 ></LI
1481 ><LI
1483 >The root filesystem contains many system-specific configuration
1484 files. Possible examples include a kernel that is specific to the
1485 system, a specific hostname, etc. This means that the root filesystem
1486 isn't always shareable between networked systems. Keeping it small on
1487 servers in networked systems minimizes the amount of lost space for
1488 areas of unshareable files. It also allows workstations with smaller
1489 local hard drives.</P
1490 ></LI
1491 ><LI
1493 >While you may have the root filesystem on a large partition, and
1494 may be able to fill it to your heart's content, there will be people
1495 with smaller partitions. If you have more files installed, you may
1496 find incompatibilities with other systems using root filesystems on
1497 smaller partitions. If you are a developer then you may be turning
1498 your assumption into a problem for a large number of users.</P
1499 ></LI
1500 ><LI
1502 >Disk errors that corrupt data on the root filesystem are a
1503 greater problem than errors on any other partition. A small root
1504 filesystem is less prone to corruption as the result of a system
1505 crash.</P
1506 ></LI
1507 ></UL
1508 ></TD
1509 ></TR
1510 ></TABLE
1511 ></DIV
1513 >Applications must never create or require special files or
1514 subdirectories in the root directory. Other locations in the FHS
1515 hierarchy provide more than enough flexibility for any package.</P
1516 ><DIV
1517 CLASS="TIP"
1519 ></P
1520 ><TABLE
1521 CLASS="TIP"
1522 WIDTH="100%"
1523 BORDER="0"
1524 ><TR
1525 ><TD
1526 WIDTH="25"
1527 ALIGN="CENTER"
1528 VALIGN="TOP"
1529 ><IMG
1530 SRC="tip.gif"
1531 HSPACE="5"
1532 ALT="Tip"></TD
1533 ><TH
1534 ALIGN="LEFT"
1535 VALIGN="CENTER"
1537 >Rationale</B
1538 ></TH
1539 ></TR
1540 ><TR
1541 ><TD
1542 >&nbsp;</TD
1543 ><TD
1544 ALIGN="LEFT"
1545 VALIGN="TOP"
1547 >There are several reasons why creating a new subdirectory of
1548 the root filesystem is prohibited:</P
1550 ></P
1551 ><UL
1552 ><LI
1553 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
1555 >It demands space on a root partition which the system
1556 administrator may want kept small and simple for either performance or
1557 security reasons.</P
1558 ></LI
1559 ><LI
1560 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
1562 >It evades whatever discipline the system administrator may have
1563 set up for distributing standard file hierarchies across mountable
1564 volumes.</P
1565 ></LI
1566 ></UL
1568 >Distributions should not create new directories in the root
1569 hierarchy without extremely careful consideration of the consequences
1570 including for application portability.</P
1571 ></TD
1572 ></TR
1573 ></TABLE
1574 ></DIV
1575 ></DIV
1576 ><DIV
1577 CLASS="SECTION"
1578 ><HR><H2
1579 CLASS="SECTION"
1581 NAME="REQUIREMENTS"
1582 >Requirements</A
1583 ></H2
1585 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, are
1586 required in <TT
1587 CLASS="FILENAME"
1588 >/</TT
1589 >.</P
1590 ><DIV
1591 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
1593 ></P
1595 NAME="AEN169"
1596 ></A
1597 ><TABLE
1598 BORDER="0"
1599 FRAME="void"
1600 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
1601 ><COL><COL><THEAD
1602 ><TR
1603 ><TH
1604 >Directory</TH
1605 ><TH
1606 >Description</TH
1607 ></TR
1608 ></THEAD
1609 ><TBODY
1610 ><TR
1611 ><TD
1612 ><TT
1613 CLASS="FILENAME"
1614 >bin</TT
1615 ></TD
1616 ><TD
1617 >Essential command binaries</TD
1618 ></TR
1619 ><TR
1620 ><TD
1621 ><TT
1622 CLASS="FILENAME"
1623 >boot</TT
1624 ></TD
1625 ><TD
1626 >Static files of the boot loader</TD
1627 ></TR
1628 ><TR
1629 ><TD
1630 ><TT
1631 CLASS="FILENAME"
1632 >dev</TT
1633 ></TD
1634 ><TD
1635 >Device files</TD
1636 ></TR
1637 ><TR
1638 ><TD
1639 ><TT
1640 CLASS="FILENAME"
1641 >etc</TT
1642 ></TD
1643 ><TD
1644 >Host-specific system configuration</TD
1645 ></TR
1646 ><TR
1647 ><TD
1648 ><TT
1649 CLASS="FILENAME"
1650 >lib</TT
1651 ></TD
1652 ><TD
1653 >Essential shared libraries and kernel modules</TD
1654 ></TR
1655 ><TR
1656 ><TD
1657 ><TT
1658 CLASS="FILENAME"
1659 >media</TT
1660 ></TD
1661 ><TD
1662 >Mount point for removeable media</TD
1663 ></TR
1664 ><TR
1665 ><TD
1666 ><TT
1667 CLASS="FILENAME"
1668 >mnt</TT
1669 ></TD
1670 ><TD
1671 >Mount point for mounting a filesystem temporarily</TD
1672 ></TR
1673 ><TR
1674 ><TD
1675 ><TT
1676 CLASS="FILENAME"
1677 >opt</TT
1678 ></TD
1679 ><TD
1680 >Add-on application software packages</TD
1681 ></TR
1682 ><TR
1683 ><TD
1684 ><TT
1685 CLASS="FILENAME"
1686 >sbin</TT
1687 ></TD
1688 ><TD
1689 >Essential system binaries</TD
1690 ></TR
1691 ><TR
1692 ><TD
1693 ><TT
1694 CLASS="FILENAME"
1695 >srv</TT
1696 ></TD
1697 ><TD
1698 >Data for services provided by this system</TD
1699 ></TR
1700 ><TR
1701 ><TD
1702 ><TT
1703 CLASS="FILENAME"
1704 >tmp</TT
1705 ></TD
1706 ><TD
1707 >Temporary files</TD
1708 ></TR
1709 ><TR
1710 ><TD
1711 ><TT
1712 CLASS="FILENAME"
1713 >usr</TT
1714 ></TD
1715 ><TD
1716 >Secondary hierarchy</TD
1717 ></TR
1718 ><TR
1719 ><TD
1720 ><TT
1721 CLASS="FILENAME"
1722 >var</TT
1723 ></TD
1724 ><TD
1725 >Variable data</TD
1726 ></TR
1727 ></TBODY
1728 ></TABLE
1730 ></P
1731 ></DIV
1733 >Each directory listed above is specified in detail in separate
1734 subsections below. <TT
1735 CLASS="FILENAME"
1736 >/usr</TT
1737 > and
1739 CLASS="FILENAME"
1740 >/var</TT
1741 > each have a complete section in this
1742 document due to the complexity of those directories.</P
1743 ></DIV
1744 ><DIV
1745 CLASS="SECTION"
1746 ><HR><H2
1747 CLASS="SECTION"
1749 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS"
1750 >Specific Options</A
1751 ></H2
1753 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
1754 must be in <TT
1755 CLASS="FILENAME"
1756 >/</TT
1757 >, if the corresponding subsystem is
1758 installed:</P
1759 ><DIV
1760 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
1762 ></P
1764 NAME="AEN235"
1765 ></A
1766 ><TABLE
1767 BORDER="0"
1768 FRAME="void"
1769 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
1770 ><COL><COL><THEAD
1771 ><TR
1772 ><TH
1773 >Directory</TH
1774 ><TH
1775 >Description</TH
1776 ></TR
1777 ></THEAD
1778 ><TBODY
1779 ><TR
1780 ><TD
1781 ><TT
1782 CLASS="FILENAME"
1783 >home</TT
1784 ></TD
1785 ><TD
1786 >User home directories (optional)</TD
1787 ></TR
1788 ><TR
1789 ><TD
1790 ><TT
1791 CLASS="FILENAME"
1792 >lib&lt;qual&gt;</TT
1793 ></TD
1794 ><TD
1795 >Alternate format essential shared libraries (optional)</TD
1796 ></TR
1797 ><TR
1798 ><TD
1799 ><TT
1800 CLASS="FILENAME"
1801 >root</TT
1802 ></TD
1803 ><TD
1804 >Home directory for the root user (optional)</TD
1805 ></TR
1806 ></TBODY
1807 ></TABLE
1809 ></P
1810 ></DIV
1812 >Each directory listed above is specified in detail in separate
1813 subsections below.</P
1814 ></DIV
1815 ><DIV
1816 CLASS="SECTION"
1817 ><HR><H2
1818 CLASS="SECTION"
1820 NAME="BINESSENTIALUSERCOMMANDBINARIES"
1821 >/bin : Essential user command binaries (for use by all users)</A
1822 ></H2
1823 ><DIV
1824 CLASS="SECTION"
1825 ><H3
1826 CLASS="SECTION"
1828 NAME="PURPOSE3"
1829 >Purpose</A
1830 ></H3
1832 ><TT
1833 CLASS="FILENAME"
1834 >/bin</TT
1835 > contains commands that may be used by
1836 both the system administrator and by users, but which are required
1837 when no other filesystems are mounted (e.g. in single user mode). It
1838 may also contain commands which are used indirectly by scripts.
1841 NAME="AEN261"
1842 HREF="#FTN.AEN261"
1843 ><SPAN
1844 CLASS="footnote"
1845 >[1]</SPAN
1846 ></A
1847 ></P
1848 ></DIV
1849 ><DIV
1850 CLASS="SECTION"
1851 ><HR><H3
1852 CLASS="SECTION"
1854 NAME="REQUIREMENTS2"
1855 >Requirements</A
1856 ></H3
1858 >There must be no subdirectories in
1860 CLASS="FILENAME"
1861 >/bin</TT
1862 >.</P
1864 >The following commands, or symbolic links to commands, are
1865 required in <TT
1866 CLASS="FILENAME"
1867 >/bin</TT
1868 >.</P
1869 ><DIV
1870 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
1872 ></P
1874 NAME="AEN272"
1875 ></A
1876 ><TABLE
1877 BORDER="0"
1878 FRAME="void"
1879 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
1880 ><COL><COL><THEAD
1881 ><TR
1882 ><TH
1883 >Command</TH
1884 ><TH
1885 >Description</TH
1886 ></TR
1887 ></THEAD
1888 ><TBODY
1889 ><TR
1890 ><TD
1892 CLASS="COMMAND"
1893 >cat</B
1894 ></TD
1895 ><TD
1896 >Utility to concatenate files to standard output</TD
1897 ></TR
1898 ><TR
1899 ><TD
1901 CLASS="COMMAND"
1902 >chgrp</B
1903 ></TD
1904 ><TD
1905 >Utility to change file group ownership</TD
1906 ></TR
1907 ><TR
1908 ><TD
1910 CLASS="COMMAND"
1911 >chmod</B
1912 ></TD
1913 ><TD
1914 >Utility to change file access permissions</TD
1915 ></TR
1916 ><TR
1917 ><TD
1919 CLASS="COMMAND"
1920 >chown</B
1921 ></TD
1922 ><TD
1923 >Utility to change file owner and group</TD
1924 ></TR
1925 ><TR
1926 ><TD
1928 CLASS="COMMAND"
1929 >cp</B
1930 ></TD
1931 ><TD
1932 >Utility to copy files and directories</TD
1933 ></TR
1934 ><TR
1935 ><TD
1937 CLASS="COMMAND"
1938 >date</B
1939 ></TD
1940 ><TD
1941 >Utility to print or set the system data and time</TD
1942 ></TR
1943 ><TR
1944 ><TD
1946 CLASS="COMMAND"
1947 >dd</B
1948 ></TD
1949 ><TD
1950 >Utility to convert and copy a file</TD
1951 ></TR
1952 ><TR
1953 ><TD
1955 CLASS="COMMAND"
1956 >df</B
1957 ></TD
1958 ><TD
1959 >Utility to report filesystem disk space usage</TD
1960 ></TR
1961 ><TR
1962 ><TD
1964 CLASS="COMMAND"
1965 >dmesg</B
1966 ></TD
1967 ><TD
1968 >Utility to print or control the kernel message buffer</TD
1969 ></TR
1970 ><TR
1971 ><TD
1973 CLASS="COMMAND"
1974 >echo</B
1975 ></TD
1976 ><TD
1977 >Utility to display a line of text</TD
1978 ></TR
1979 ><TR
1980 ><TD
1982 CLASS="COMMAND"
1983 >false</B
1984 ></TD
1985 ><TD
1986 >Utility to do nothing, unsuccessfully</TD
1987 ></TR
1988 ><TR
1989 ><TD
1991 CLASS="COMMAND"
1992 >hostname</B
1993 ></TD
1994 ><TD
1995 >Utility to show or set the system's host name</TD
1996 ></TR
1997 ><TR
1998 ><TD
2000 CLASS="COMMAND"
2001 >kill</B
2002 ></TD
2003 ><TD
2004 >Utility to send signals to processes</TD
2005 ></TR
2006 ><TR
2007 ><TD
2009 CLASS="COMMAND"
2010 >ln</B
2011 ></TD
2012 ><TD
2013 >Utility to make links between files</TD
2014 ></TR
2015 ><TR
2016 ><TD
2018 CLASS="COMMAND"
2019 >login</B
2020 ></TD
2021 ><TD
2022 >Utility to begin a session on the system</TD
2023 ></TR
2024 ><TR
2025 ><TD
2027 CLASS="COMMAND"
2028 >ls</B
2029 ></TD
2030 ><TD
2031 >Utility to list directory contents</TD
2032 ></TR
2033 ><TR
2034 ><TD
2036 CLASS="COMMAND"
2037 >mkdir</B
2038 ></TD
2039 ><TD
2040 >Utility to make directories</TD
2041 ></TR
2042 ><TR
2043 ><TD
2045 CLASS="COMMAND"
2046 >mknod</B
2047 ></TD
2048 ><TD
2049 >Utility to make block or character special files</TD
2050 ></TR
2051 ><TR
2052 ><TD
2054 CLASS="COMMAND"
2055 >more</B
2056 ></TD
2057 ><TD
2058 >Utility to page through text</TD
2059 ></TR
2060 ><TR
2061 ><TD
2063 CLASS="COMMAND"
2064 >mount</B
2065 ></TD
2066 ><TD
2067 >Utility to mount a filesystem</TD
2068 ></TR
2069 ><TR
2070 ><TD
2072 CLASS="COMMAND"
2073 >mv</B
2074 ></TD
2075 ><TD
2076 >Utility to move/rename files</TD
2077 ></TR
2078 ><TR
2079 ><TD
2081 CLASS="COMMAND"
2082 >ps</B
2083 ></TD
2084 ><TD
2085 >Utility to report process status</TD
2086 ></TR
2087 ><TR
2088 ><TD
2090 CLASS="COMMAND"
2091 >pwd</B
2092 ></TD
2093 ><TD
2094 >Utility to print name of current working directory</TD
2095 ></TR
2096 ><TR
2097 ><TD
2099 CLASS="COMMAND"
2100 >rm</B
2101 ></TD
2102 ><TD
2103 >Utility to remove files or directories</TD
2104 ></TR
2105 ><TR
2106 ><TD
2108 CLASS="COMMAND"
2109 >rmdir</B
2110 ></TD
2111 ><TD
2112 >Utility to remove empty directories</TD
2113 ></TR
2114 ><TR
2115 ><TD
2117 CLASS="COMMAND"
2118 >sed</B
2119 ></TD
2120 ><TD
2121 >The `sed' stream editor</TD
2122 ></TR
2123 ><TR
2124 ><TD
2126 CLASS="COMMAND"
2127 >sh</B
2128 ></TD
2129 ><TD
2130 >The Bourne command shell</TD
2131 ></TR
2132 ><TR
2133 ><TD
2135 CLASS="COMMAND"
2136 >stty</B
2137 ></TD
2138 ><TD
2139 >Utility to change and print terminal line settings</TD
2140 ></TR
2141 ><TR
2142 ><TD
2144 CLASS="COMMAND"
2145 >su</B
2146 ></TD
2147 ><TD
2148 >Utility to change user ID</TD
2149 ></TR
2150 ><TR
2151 ><TD
2153 CLASS="COMMAND"
2154 >sync</B
2155 ></TD
2156 ><TD
2157 >Utility to flush filesystem buffers</TD
2158 ></TR
2159 ><TR
2160 ><TD
2162 CLASS="COMMAND"
2163 >true</B
2164 ></TD
2165 ><TD
2166 >Utility to do nothing, successfully</TD
2167 ></TR
2168 ><TR
2169 ><TD
2171 CLASS="COMMAND"
2172 >umount</B
2173 ></TD
2174 ><TD
2175 >Utility to unmount file systems</TD
2176 ></TR
2177 ><TR
2178 ><TD
2180 CLASS="COMMAND"
2181 >uname</B
2182 ></TD
2183 ><TD
2184 >Utility to print system information</TD
2185 ></TR
2186 ></TBODY
2187 ></TABLE
2189 ></P
2190 ></DIV
2192 >If <B
2193 CLASS="COMMAND"
2194 >/bin/sh</B
2195 > is not a true Bourne shell, it
2196 must be a hard or symbolic link to the real shell command.</P
2198 >The <B
2199 CLASS="COMMAND"
2200 >[</B
2201 > and <B
2202 CLASS="COMMAND"
2203 >test</B
2205 commands must be placed together in either <TT
2206 CLASS="FILENAME"
2207 >/bin</TT
2209 or <TT
2210 CLASS="FILENAME"
2211 >/usr/bin</TT
2212 >.</P
2213 ><DIV
2214 CLASS="TIP"
2216 ></P
2217 ><TABLE
2218 CLASS="TIP"
2219 WIDTH="100%"
2220 BORDER="0"
2221 ><TR
2222 ><TD
2223 WIDTH="25"
2224 ALIGN="CENTER"
2225 VALIGN="TOP"
2226 ><IMG
2227 SRC="tip.gif"
2228 HSPACE="5"
2229 ALT="Tip"></TD
2230 ><TH
2231 ALIGN="LEFT"
2232 VALIGN="CENTER"
2234 >Rationale</B
2235 ></TH
2236 ></TR
2237 ><TR
2238 ><TD
2239 >&nbsp;</TD
2240 ><TD
2241 ALIGN="LEFT"
2242 VALIGN="TOP"
2244 >For example bash behaves differently when called as
2246 CLASS="COMMAND"
2247 >sh</B
2248 > or <B
2249 CLASS="COMMAND"
2250 >bash</B
2251 >. The use of a
2252 symbolic link also allows users to easily see that
2254 CLASS="COMMAND"
2255 >/bin/sh</B
2256 > is not a true Bourne shell.</P
2258 >The requirement for the <B
2259 CLASS="COMMAND"
2260 >[</B
2261 > and
2263 CLASS="COMMAND"
2264 >test</B
2265 > commands to be included as binaries (even if
2266 implemented internally by the shell) is shared with the POSIX.2
2267 standard.&#13;</P
2268 ></TD
2269 ></TR
2270 ></TABLE
2271 ></DIV
2272 ></DIV
2273 ><DIV
2274 CLASS="SECTION"
2275 ><HR><H3
2276 CLASS="SECTION"
2278 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS2"
2279 >Specific Options</A
2280 ></H3
2282 >The following programs, or symbolic links to programs, must be
2283 in <TT
2284 CLASS="FILENAME"
2285 >/bin</TT
2286 > if the corresponding subsystem is
2287 installed:</P
2288 ><DIV
2289 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
2291 ></P
2293 NAME="AEN431"
2294 ></A
2295 ><TABLE
2296 BORDER="0"
2297 FRAME="void"
2298 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
2299 ><COL><COL><THEAD
2300 ><TR
2301 ><TH
2302 >Command</TH
2303 ><TH
2304 >Description</TH
2305 ></TR
2306 ></THEAD
2307 ><TBODY
2308 ><TR
2309 ><TD
2311 CLASS="COMMAND"
2312 >csh</B
2313 ></TD
2314 ><TD
2315 >The C shell (optional)</TD
2316 ></TR
2317 ><TR
2318 ><TD
2320 CLASS="COMMAND"
2321 >ed</B
2322 ></TD
2323 ><TD
2324 >The `ed' editor (optional)</TD
2325 ></TR
2326 ><TR
2327 ><TD
2329 CLASS="COMMAND"
2330 >tar</B
2331 ></TD
2332 ><TD
2333 >The tar archiving utility (optional)</TD
2334 ></TR
2335 ><TR
2336 ><TD
2338 CLASS="COMMAND"
2339 >cpio</B
2340 ></TD
2341 ><TD
2342 >The cpio archiving utility (optional)</TD
2343 ></TR
2344 ><TR
2345 ><TD
2347 CLASS="COMMAND"
2348 >gzip</B
2349 ></TD
2350 ><TD
2351 >The GNU compression utility (optional)</TD
2352 ></TR
2353 ><TR
2354 ><TD
2356 CLASS="COMMAND"
2357 >gunzip</B
2358 ></TD
2359 ><TD
2360 >The GNU uncompression utility (optional)</TD
2361 ></TR
2362 ><TR
2363 ><TD
2365 CLASS="COMMAND"
2366 >zcat</B
2367 ></TD
2368 ><TD
2369 >The GNU uncompression utility (optional)</TD
2370 ></TR
2371 ><TR
2372 ><TD
2374 CLASS="COMMAND"
2375 >netstat</B
2376 ></TD
2377 ><TD
2378 >The network statistics utility (optional)</TD
2379 ></TR
2380 ><TR
2381 ><TD
2383 CLASS="COMMAND"
2384 >ping</B
2385 ></TD
2386 ><TD
2387 >The ICMP network test utility (optional)</TD
2388 ></TR
2389 ></TBODY
2390 ></TABLE
2392 ></P
2393 ></DIV
2395 >If the <B
2396 CLASS="COMMAND"
2397 >gunzip</B
2398 > and <B
2399 CLASS="COMMAND"
2400 >zcat</B
2402 programs exist, they must be symbolic or hard links to
2403 gzip. <B
2404 CLASS="COMMAND"
2405 >/bin/csh</B
2406 > may be a symbolic link to
2408 CLASS="COMMAND"
2409 >/bin/tcsh</B
2410 > or
2412 CLASS="COMMAND"
2413 >/usr/bin/tcsh</B
2414 >.</P
2415 ><DIV
2416 CLASS="TIP"
2418 ></P
2419 ><TABLE
2420 CLASS="TIP"
2421 WIDTH="100%"
2422 BORDER="0"
2423 ><TR
2424 ><TD
2425 WIDTH="25"
2426 ALIGN="CENTER"
2427 VALIGN="TOP"
2428 ><IMG
2429 SRC="tip.gif"
2430 HSPACE="5"
2431 ALT="Tip"></TD
2432 ><TH
2433 ALIGN="LEFT"
2434 VALIGN="CENTER"
2436 >Rationale</B
2437 ></TH
2438 ></TR
2439 ><TR
2440 ><TD
2441 >&nbsp;</TD
2442 ><TD
2443 ALIGN="LEFT"
2444 VALIGN="TOP"
2446 >The tar, gzip and cpio commands have been added to make restoration of a
2447 system possible (provided that <TT
2448 CLASS="FILENAME"
2449 >/</TT
2450 > is intact).</P
2452 >Conversely, if no restoration from the root partition is ever
2453 expected, then these binaries might be omitted (e.g., a ROM chip root,
2454 mounting <TT
2455 CLASS="FILENAME"
2456 >/usr</TT
2457 > through NFS). If restoration of a
2458 system is planned through the network, then <B
2459 CLASS="COMMAND"
2460 >ftp</B
2462 or <B
2463 CLASS="COMMAND"
2464 >tftp</B
2465 > (along with everything necessary to get
2466 an ftp connection) must be available on the root partition.&#13;</P
2467 ></TD
2468 ></TR
2469 ></TABLE
2470 ></DIV
2471 ></DIV
2472 ></DIV
2473 ><DIV
2474 CLASS="SECTION"
2475 ><HR><H2
2476 CLASS="SECTION"
2478 NAME="BOOTSTATICFILESOFTHEBOOTLOADER"
2479 >/boot : Static files of the boot loader</A
2480 ></H2
2481 ><DIV
2482 CLASS="SECTION"
2483 ><H3
2484 CLASS="SECTION"
2486 NAME="PURPOSE4"
2487 >Purpose</A
2488 ></H3
2490 >This directory contains everything required for the boot process
2491 except configuration files not needed at boot time and the map
2492 installer. Thus /boot stores data that is used before the kernel
2493 begins executing user-mode programs. This may include saved master
2494 boot sectors and sector map files.
2497 NAME="AEN493"
2498 HREF="#FTN.AEN493"
2499 ><SPAN
2500 CLASS="footnote"
2501 >[2]</SPAN
2502 ></A
2503 >&#13;</P
2504 ></DIV
2505 ><DIV
2506 CLASS="SECTION"
2507 ><HR><H3
2508 CLASS="SECTION"
2510 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS3"
2511 >Specific Options</A
2512 ></H3
2514 >The operating system kernel must be located in either
2516 CLASS="FILENAME"
2517 >/</TT
2518 > or <TT
2519 CLASS="FILENAME"
2520 >/boot</TT
2524 NAME="AEN507"
2525 HREF="#FTN.AEN507"
2526 ><SPAN
2527 CLASS="footnote"
2528 >[3]</SPAN
2529 ></A
2530 ></P
2531 ></DIV
2532 ></DIV
2533 ><DIV
2534 CLASS="SECTION"
2535 ><HR><H2
2536 CLASS="SECTION"
2538 NAME="DEVDEVICEFILES"
2539 >/dev : Device files</A
2540 ></H2
2541 ><DIV
2542 CLASS="SECTION"
2543 ><H3
2544 CLASS="SECTION"
2546 NAME="PURPOSE5"
2547 >Purpose</A
2548 ></H3
2550 >The <TT
2551 CLASS="FILENAME"
2552 >/dev</TT
2553 > directory is the location of
2554 special or device files.</P
2555 ></DIV
2556 ><DIV
2557 CLASS="SECTION"
2558 ><HR><H3
2559 CLASS="SECTION"
2561 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS4"
2562 >Specific Options</A
2563 ></H3
2565 >If it is possible that devices in <TT
2566 CLASS="FILENAME"
2567 >/dev</TT
2568 > will
2569 need to be manually created, <TT
2570 CLASS="FILENAME"
2571 >/dev</TT
2572 > must contain a
2573 command named <TT
2574 CLASS="FILENAME"
2575 >MAKEDEV</TT
2576 >, which can create devices
2577 as needed. It may also contain a <TT
2578 CLASS="FILENAME"
2579 >MAKEDEV.local</TT
2581 for any local devices.</P
2583 >If required, <TT
2584 CLASS="FILENAME"
2585 >MAKEDEV</TT
2586 > must have provisions
2587 for creating any device that may be found on the system, not just
2588 those that a particular implementation installs.</P
2589 ></DIV
2590 ></DIV
2591 ><DIV
2592 CLASS="SECTION"
2593 ><HR><H2
2594 CLASS="SECTION"
2596 NAME="ETCHOSTSPECIFICSYSTEMCONFIGURATION"
2597 >/etc : Host-specific system configuration</A
2598 ></H2
2599 ><DIV
2600 CLASS="SECTION"
2601 ><H3
2602 CLASS="SECTION"
2604 NAME="PURPOSE6"
2605 >Purpose</A
2606 ></H3
2608 >The <TT
2609 CLASS="FILENAME"
2610 >/etc</TT
2611 > hierarchy contains configuration
2612 files. A "configuration file" is a local file used to control the
2613 operation of a program; it must be static and cannot be an executable
2614 binary.
2617 NAME="AEN534"
2618 HREF="#FTN.AEN534"
2619 ><SPAN
2620 CLASS="footnote"
2621 >[4]</SPAN
2622 ></A
2623 ></P
2624 ></DIV
2625 ><DIV
2626 CLASS="SECTION"
2627 ><HR><H3
2628 CLASS="SECTION"
2630 NAME="REQUIREMENTS3"
2631 >Requirements</A
2632 ></H3
2634 >No binaries may be located under <TT
2635 CLASS="FILENAME"
2636 >/etc</TT
2640 NAME="AEN540"
2641 HREF="#FTN.AEN540"
2642 ><SPAN
2643 CLASS="footnote"
2644 >[5]</SPAN
2645 ></A
2646 ></P
2648 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories are
2649 required in <TT
2650 CLASS="FILENAME"
2651 >/etc</TT
2652 >:</P
2653 ><DIV
2654 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
2656 ></P
2658 NAME="AEN546"
2659 ></A
2660 ><TABLE
2661 BORDER="0"
2662 FRAME="void"
2663 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
2664 ><COL><COL><THEAD
2665 ><TR
2666 ><TH
2667 >Directory</TH
2668 ><TH
2669 >Description</TH
2670 ></TR
2671 ></THEAD
2672 ><TBODY
2673 ><TR
2674 ><TD
2675 >opt</TD
2676 ><TD
2677 >Configuration for /opt</TD
2678 ></TR
2679 ><TR
2680 ><TD
2681 >X11</TD
2682 ><TD
2683 >Configuration for the X Window system (optional)</TD
2684 ></TR
2685 ><TR
2686 ><TD
2687 >sgml</TD
2688 ><TD
2689 >Configuration for SGML (optional)</TD
2690 ></TR
2691 ><TR
2692 ><TD
2693 >xml</TD
2694 ><TD
2695 >Configuration for XML (optional)</TD
2696 ></TR
2697 ></TBODY
2698 ></TABLE
2700 ></P
2701 ></DIV
2702 ></DIV
2703 ><DIV
2704 CLASS="SECTION"
2705 ><HR><H3
2706 CLASS="SECTION"
2708 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS5"
2709 >Specific Options</A
2710 ></H3
2712 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories must
2713 be in <TT
2714 CLASS="FILENAME"
2715 >/etc</TT
2716 >, if the corresponding subsystem is
2717 installed:</P
2718 ><DIV
2719 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
2721 ></P
2723 NAME="AEN569"
2724 ></A
2725 ><TABLE
2726 BORDER="0"
2727 FRAME="void"
2728 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
2729 ><COL><COL><THEAD
2730 ><TR
2731 ><TH
2732 >Directory</TH
2733 ><TH
2734 >Description</TH
2735 ></TR
2736 ></THEAD
2737 ><TBODY
2738 ><TR
2739 ><TD
2740 >opt</TD
2741 ><TD
2742 >Configuration for /opt</TD
2743 ></TR
2744 ></TBODY
2745 ></TABLE
2747 ></P
2748 ></DIV
2750 >The following files, or symbolic links to files, must be in
2752 CLASS="FILENAME"
2753 >/etc</TT
2754 > if the corresponding subsystem is
2755 installed:
2758 NAME="AEN581"
2759 HREF="#FTN.AEN581"
2760 ><SPAN
2761 CLASS="footnote"
2762 >[6]</SPAN
2763 ></A
2764 ></P
2765 ><DIV
2766 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
2768 ></P
2770 NAME="AEN588"
2771 ></A
2772 ><TABLE
2773 BORDER="0"
2774 FRAME="void"
2775 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
2776 ><COL><COL><THEAD
2777 ><TR
2778 ><TH
2779 >File</TH
2780 ><TH
2781 >Description</TH
2782 ></TR
2783 ></THEAD
2784 ><TBODY
2785 ><TR
2786 ><TD
2787 ><TT
2788 CLASS="FILENAME"
2789 >csh.login</TT
2790 ></TD
2791 ><TD
2792 >Systemwide initialization file for C shell logins (optional)</TD
2793 ></TR
2794 ><TR
2795 ><TD
2796 ><TT
2797 CLASS="FILENAME"
2798 >exports</TT
2799 ></TD
2800 ><TD
2801 >NFS filesystem access control list (optional)</TD
2802 ></TR
2803 ><TR
2804 ><TD
2805 ><TT
2806 CLASS="FILENAME"
2807 >fstab</TT
2808 ></TD
2809 ><TD
2810 >Static information about filesystems (optional)</TD
2811 ></TR
2812 ><TR
2813 ><TD
2814 ><TT
2815 CLASS="FILENAME"
2816 >ftpusers</TT
2817 ></TD
2818 ><TD
2819 >FTP daemon user access control list (optional)</TD
2820 ></TR
2821 ><TR
2822 ><TD
2823 ><TT
2824 CLASS="FILENAME"
2825 >gateways</TT
2826 ></TD
2827 ><TD
2828 >File which lists gateways for routed (optional)</TD
2829 ></TR
2830 ><TR
2831 ><TD
2832 ><TT
2833 CLASS="FILENAME"
2834 >gettydefs</TT
2835 ></TD
2836 ><TD
2837 >Speed and terminal settings used by getty (optional)</TD
2838 ></TR
2839 ><TR
2840 ><TD
2841 ><TT
2842 CLASS="FILENAME"
2843 >group</TT
2844 ></TD
2845 ><TD
2846 >User group file (optional)</TD
2847 ></TR
2848 ><TR
2849 ><TD
2850 ><TT
2851 CLASS="FILENAME"
2852 >host.conf</TT
2853 ></TD
2854 ><TD
2855 >Resolver configuration file (optional)</TD
2856 ></TR
2857 ><TR
2858 ><TD
2859 ><TT
2860 CLASS="FILENAME"
2861 >hosts</TT
2862 ></TD
2863 ><TD
2864 >Static information about host names (optional)</TD
2865 ></TR
2866 ><TR
2867 ><TD
2868 ><TT
2869 CLASS="FILENAME"
2870 >hosts.allow</TT
2871 ></TD
2872 ><TD
2873 >Host access file for TCP wrappers (optional)</TD
2874 ></TR
2875 ><TR
2876 ><TD
2877 ><TT
2878 CLASS="FILENAME"
2879 >hosts.deny</TT
2880 ></TD
2881 ><TD
2882 >Host access file for TCP wrappers (optional)</TD
2883 ></TR
2884 ><TR
2885 ><TD
2886 ><TT
2887 CLASS="FILENAME"
2888 >hosts.equiv</TT
2889 ></TD
2890 ><TD
2891 >List of trusted hosts for rlogin, rsh, rcp (optional)</TD
2892 ></TR
2893 ><TR
2894 ><TD
2895 ><TT
2896 CLASS="FILENAME"
2897 >hosts.lpd</TT
2898 ></TD
2899 ><TD
2900 >List of trusted hosts for lpd (optional)</TD
2901 ></TR
2902 ><TR
2903 ><TD
2904 ><TT
2905 CLASS="FILENAME"
2906 >inetd.conf</TT
2907 ></TD
2908 ><TD
2909 >Configuration file for inetd (optional)</TD
2910 ></TR
2911 ><TR
2912 ><TD
2913 ><TT
2914 CLASS="FILENAME"
2915 >inittab</TT
2916 ></TD
2917 ><TD
2918 >Configuration file for init (optional)</TD
2919 ></TR
2920 ><TR
2921 ><TD
2922 ><TT
2923 CLASS="FILENAME"
2924 >issue</TT
2925 ></TD
2926 ><TD
2927 >Pre-login message and identification file (optional)</TD
2928 ></TR
2929 ><TR
2930 ><TD
2931 ><TT
2932 CLASS="FILENAME"
2933 >ld.so.conf</TT
2934 ></TD
2935 ><TD
2936 >List of extra directories to search for shared libraries (optional)</TD
2937 ></TR
2938 ><TR
2939 ><TD
2940 ><TT
2941 CLASS="FILENAME"
2942 >motd</TT
2943 ></TD
2944 ><TD
2945 >Post-login message of the day file (optional)</TD
2946 ></TR
2947 ><TR
2948 ><TD
2949 ><TT
2950 CLASS="FILENAME"
2951 >mtab</TT
2952 ></TD
2953 ><TD
2954 >Dynamic information about filesystems (optional)</TD
2955 ></TR
2956 ><TR
2957 ><TD
2958 ><TT
2959 CLASS="FILENAME"
2960 >mtools.conf</TT
2961 ></TD
2962 ><TD
2963 >Configuration file for mtools (optional)</TD
2964 ></TR
2965 ><TR
2966 ><TD
2967 ><TT
2968 CLASS="FILENAME"
2969 >networks</TT
2970 ></TD
2971 ><TD
2972 >Static information about network names (optional)</TD
2973 ></TR
2974 ><TR
2975 ><TD
2976 ><TT
2977 CLASS="FILENAME"
2978 >passwd</TT
2979 ></TD
2980 ><TD
2981 >The password file (optional)</TD
2982 ></TR
2983 ><TR
2984 ><TD
2985 ><TT
2986 CLASS="FILENAME"
2987 >printcap</TT
2988 ></TD
2989 ><TD
2990 >The lpd printer capability database (optional)</TD
2991 ></TR
2992 ><TR
2993 ><TD
2994 ><TT
2995 CLASS="FILENAME"
2996 >profile</TT
2997 ></TD
2998 ><TD
2999 >Systemwide initialization file for sh shell logins (optional)</TD
3000 ></TR
3001 ><TR
3002 ><TD
3003 ><TT
3004 CLASS="FILENAME"
3005 >protocols</TT
3006 ></TD
3007 ><TD
3008 >IP protocol listing (optional)</TD
3009 ></TR
3010 ><TR
3011 ><TD
3012 ><TT
3013 CLASS="FILENAME"
3014 >resolv.conf</TT
3015 ></TD
3016 ><TD
3017 >Resolver configuration file (optional)</TD
3018 ></TR
3019 ><TR
3020 ><TD
3021 ><TT
3022 CLASS="FILENAME"
3023 >rpc</TT
3024 ></TD
3025 ><TD
3026 >RPC protocol listing (optional)</TD
3027 ></TR
3028 ><TR
3029 ><TD
3030 ><TT
3031 CLASS="FILENAME"
3032 >securetty</TT
3033 ></TD
3034 ><TD
3035 >TTY access control for root login (optional)</TD
3036 ></TR
3037 ><TR
3038 ><TD
3039 ><TT
3040 CLASS="FILENAME"
3041 >services</TT
3042 ></TD
3043 ><TD
3044 >Port names for network services (optional)</TD
3045 ></TR
3046 ><TR
3047 ><TD
3048 ><TT
3049 CLASS="FILENAME"
3050 >shells</TT
3051 ></TD
3052 ><TD
3053 >Pathnames of valid login shells (optional)</TD
3054 ></TR
3055 ><TR
3056 ><TD
3057 ><TT
3058 CLASS="FILENAME"
3059 >syslog.conf</TT
3060 ></TD
3061 ><TD
3062 >Configuration file for syslogd (optional)</TD
3063 ></TR
3064 ></TBODY
3065 ></TABLE
3067 ></P
3068 ></DIV
3070 ><TT
3071 CLASS="FILENAME"
3072 >mtab</TT
3073 > does not fit the static nature of
3075 CLASS="FILENAME"
3076 >/etc</TT
3077 >: it is excepted for historical reasons.
3080 NAME="AEN722"
3081 HREF="#FTN.AEN722"
3082 ><SPAN
3083 CLASS="footnote"
3084 >[7]</SPAN
3085 ></A
3086 >&#13;</P
3087 ></DIV
3088 ><DIV
3089 CLASS="SECTION"
3090 ><HR><H3
3091 CLASS="SECTION"
3093 NAME="ETCOPTCONFIGURATIONFILESFOROPT"
3094 >/etc/opt : Configuration files for /opt</A
3095 ></H3
3096 ><DIV
3097 CLASS="SECTION"
3098 ><H4
3099 CLASS="SECTION"
3101 NAME="PURPOSE7"
3102 >Purpose</A
3103 ></H4
3105 >Host-specific configuration files for add-on application
3106 software packages must be installed within the directory
3108 CLASS="FILENAME"
3109 >/etc/opt/&lt;subdir&gt;</TT
3110 >, where
3112 CLASS="FILENAME"
3113 >&lt;subdir&gt;</TT
3114 > is the name of the subtree in
3116 CLASS="FILENAME"
3117 >/opt</TT
3118 > where the static data from that package is
3119 stored.</P
3120 ></DIV
3121 ><DIV
3122 CLASS="SECTION"
3123 ><HR><H4
3124 CLASS="SECTION"
3126 NAME="REQUIREMENTS4"
3127 >Requirements</A
3128 ></H4
3130 >No structure is imposed on the internal arrangement of
3132 CLASS="FILENAME"
3133 >/etc/opt/&lt;subdir&gt;</TT
3134 >.</P
3136 >If a configuration file must reside in a different location in
3137 order for the package or system to function properly, it may be placed
3138 in a location other than
3140 CLASS="FILENAME"
3141 >/etc/opt/&lt;subdir&gt;</TT
3142 >.</P
3143 ><DIV
3144 CLASS="TIP"
3146 ></P
3147 ><TABLE
3148 CLASS="TIP"
3149 WIDTH="100%"
3150 BORDER="0"
3151 ><TR
3152 ><TD
3153 WIDTH="25"
3154 ALIGN="CENTER"
3155 VALIGN="TOP"
3156 ><IMG
3157 SRC="tip.gif"
3158 HSPACE="5"
3159 ALT="Tip"></TD
3160 ><TH
3161 ALIGN="LEFT"
3162 VALIGN="CENTER"
3164 >Rationale</B
3165 ></TH
3166 ></TR
3167 ><TR
3168 ><TD
3169 >&nbsp;</TD
3170 ><TD
3171 ALIGN="LEFT"
3172 VALIGN="TOP"
3174 >Refer to the rationale for <TT
3175 CLASS="FILENAME"
3176 >/opt</TT
3177 >.</P
3178 ></TD
3179 ></TR
3180 ></TABLE
3181 ></DIV
3182 ></DIV
3183 ></DIV
3184 ><DIV
3185 CLASS="SECTION"
3186 ><HR><H3
3187 CLASS="SECTION"
3189 NAME="ETCX11CONFIGURATIONFORTHEXWINDOWS"
3190 >/etc/X11 : Configuration for the X Window System (optional)</A
3191 ></H3
3192 ><DIV
3193 CLASS="SECTION"
3194 ><H4
3195 CLASS="SECTION"
3197 NAME="PURPOSE8"
3198 >Purpose</A
3199 ></H4
3201 ><SPAN
3202 CLASS="emphasis"
3204 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
3205 >/etc/X11</I
3206 ></SPAN
3207 > is the location for all X11
3208 host-specific configuration. This directory is necessary to allow
3209 local control if <SPAN
3210 CLASS="emphasis"
3212 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
3213 >/usr</I
3214 ></SPAN
3215 > is mounted read
3216 only.</P
3217 ></DIV
3218 ><DIV
3219 CLASS="SECTION"
3220 ><HR><H4
3221 CLASS="SECTION"
3223 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS6"
3224 >Specific Options</A
3225 ></H4
3227 >The following files, or symbolic links to files, must be in
3229 CLASS="FILENAME"
3230 >/etc/X11</TT
3231 > if the corresponding subsystem is
3232 installed:</P
3233 ><DIV
3234 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
3236 ></P
3238 NAME="AEN754"
3239 ></A
3240 ><TABLE
3241 BORDER="0"
3242 FRAME="void"
3243 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
3244 ><COL
3245 WIDTH="1*"
3246 TITLE="C1"><COL
3247 WIDTH="1*"
3248 TITLE="C2"><THEAD
3249 ><TR
3250 ><TH
3251 >File</TH
3252 ><TH
3253 >Description</TH
3254 ></TR
3255 ></THEAD
3256 ><TBODY
3257 ><TR
3258 ><TD
3259 ><TT
3260 CLASS="FILENAME"
3261 >Xconfig</TT
3262 ></TD
3263 ><TD
3264 >The configuration file for early versions of XFree86 (optional)</TD
3265 ></TR
3266 ><TR
3267 ><TD
3268 ><TT
3269 CLASS="FILENAME"
3270 >XF86Config</TT
3271 ></TD
3272 ><TD
3273 >The configuration file for XFree86 versions 3 and 4 (optional)</TD
3274 ></TR
3275 ><TR
3276 ><TD
3277 ><TT
3278 CLASS="FILENAME"
3279 >Xmodmap</TT
3280 ></TD
3281 ><TD
3282 >Global X11 keyboard modification file (optional)</TD
3283 ></TR
3284 ></TBODY
3285 ></TABLE
3287 ></P
3288 ></DIV
3290 >Subdirectories of <TT
3291 CLASS="FILENAME"
3292 >/etc/X11</TT
3293 > may include
3294 those for <TT
3295 CLASS="FILENAME"
3296 >xdm</TT
3297 > and for any other programs (some
3298 window managers, for example) that need them.
3301 NAME="AEN778"
3302 HREF="#FTN.AEN778"
3303 ><SPAN
3304 CLASS="footnote"
3305 >[8]</SPAN
3306 ></A
3309 We recommend that window managers with only one configuration file
3310 which is a default <TT
3311 CLASS="FILENAME"
3312 >.*wmrc</TT
3313 > file must name it
3315 CLASS="FILENAME"
3316 >system.*wmrc</TT
3317 > (unless there is a widely-accepted
3318 alternative name) and not use a subdirectory. Any window manager
3319 subdirectories must be identically named to the actual window manager
3320 binary.</P
3321 ></DIV
3322 ></DIV
3323 ><DIV
3324 CLASS="SECTION"
3325 ><HR><H3
3326 CLASS="SECTION"
3328 NAME="ETCSGMLCONFIGURATIONFILESFORSGMLAN"
3329 >/etc/sgml : Configuration files for SGML (optional)</A
3330 ></H3
3331 ><DIV
3332 CLASS="SECTION"
3333 ><H4
3334 CLASS="SECTION"
3336 NAME="PURPOSE9"
3337 >Purpose</A
3338 ></H4
3340 >Generic configuration files defining high-level parameters of
3341 the SGML systems are installed here. Files with names
3343 CLASS="FILENAME"
3344 >*.conf</TT
3345 > indicate generic configuration files.
3346 File with names <TT
3347 CLASS="FILENAME"
3348 >*.cat</TT
3349 > are the DTD-specific
3350 centralized catalogs, containing references to all other catalogs
3351 needed to use the given DTD. The super catalog file
3353 CLASS="FILENAME"
3354 >catalog</TT
3355 > references all the centralized
3356 catalogs.</P
3357 ></DIV
3358 ></DIV
3359 ><DIV
3360 CLASS="SECTION"
3361 ><HR><H3
3362 CLASS="SECTION"
3364 NAME="AEN795"
3365 >/etc/xml : Configuration files for XML (optional)</A
3366 ></H3
3367 ><DIV
3368 CLASS="SECTION"
3369 ><H4
3370 CLASS="SECTION"
3372 NAME="AEN797"
3373 >Purpose</A
3374 ></H4
3376 >Generic configuration files defining high-level parameters of
3377 the XML systems are installed here. Files with names
3379 CLASS="FILENAME"
3380 >*.conf</TT
3381 > indicate generic configuration files.
3382 The super catalog file
3384 CLASS="FILENAME"
3385 >catalog</TT
3386 > references all the centralized
3387 catalogs.</P
3388 ></DIV
3389 ></DIV
3390 ></DIV
3391 ><DIV
3392 CLASS="SECTION"
3393 ><HR><H2
3394 CLASS="SECTION"
3396 NAME="HOMEUSERHOMEDIRECTORIES"
3397 >/home : User home directories (optional)</A
3398 ></H2
3399 ><DIV
3400 CLASS="SECTION"
3401 ><H3
3402 CLASS="SECTION"
3404 NAME="PURPOSE10"
3405 >Purpose</A
3406 ></H3
3408 ><TT
3409 CLASS="FILENAME"
3410 >/home</TT
3411 > is a fairly standard concept, but it
3412 is clearly a site-specific filesystem.
3415 NAME="AEN808"
3416 HREF="#FTN.AEN808"
3417 ><SPAN
3418 CLASS="footnote"
3419 >[9]</SPAN
3420 ></A
3423 The setup will differ from host to host. Therefore, no program should
3424 rely on this location.
3427 NAME="AEN819"
3428 HREF="#FTN.AEN819"
3429 ><SPAN
3430 CLASS="footnote"
3431 >[10]</SPAN
3432 ></A
3433 >&#13;</P
3434 ></DIV
3435 ><DIV
3436 CLASS="SECTION"
3437 ><HR><H3
3438 CLASS="SECTION"
3440 NAME="REQUIREMENTS4A"
3441 >Requirements</A
3442 ></H3
3444 >User specific configuration files for applications are stored in the
3445 user's home directory in a file that starts with the '.' character (a
3446 "dot file"). If an application needs to create more than one dot file
3447 then they should be placed in a subdirectory with a name starting with
3448 a '.' character, (a "dot directory"). In this case the configuration
3449 files should not start with the '.' character.
3451 NAME="AEN826"
3452 HREF="#FTN.AEN826"
3453 ><SPAN
3454 CLASS="footnote"
3455 >[11]</SPAN
3456 ></A
3457 ></P
3458 ></DIV
3459 ></DIV
3460 ><DIV
3461 CLASS="SECTION"
3462 ><HR><H2
3463 CLASS="SECTION"
3465 NAME="LIBESSENTIALSHAREDLIBRARIESANDKERN"
3466 >/lib : Essential shared libraries and kernel modules</A
3467 ></H2
3468 ><DIV
3469 CLASS="SECTION"
3470 ><H3
3471 CLASS="SECTION"
3473 NAME="PURPOSE11"
3474 >Purpose</A
3475 ></H3
3477 >The <TT
3478 CLASS="FILENAME"
3479 >/lib</TT
3480 > directory contains those shared
3481 library images needed to boot the system and run the commands in the
3482 root filesystem, ie. by binaries in <TT
3483 CLASS="FILENAME"
3484 >/bin</TT
3485 > and
3487 CLASS="FILENAME"
3488 >/sbin</TT
3492 NAME="AEN836"
3493 HREF="#FTN.AEN836"
3494 ><SPAN
3495 CLASS="footnote"
3496 >[12]</SPAN
3497 ></A
3498 ></P
3499 ></DIV
3500 ><DIV
3501 CLASS="SECTION"
3502 ><HR><H3
3503 CLASS="SECTION"
3505 NAME="REQUIREMENTS5"
3506 >Requirements</A
3507 ></H3
3509 >At least one of each of the following filename patterns are
3510 required (they may be files, or symbolic links):</P
3511 ><DIV
3512 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
3514 ></P
3516 NAME="AEN849"
3517 ></A
3518 ><TABLE
3519 BORDER="0"
3520 FRAME="void"
3521 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
3522 ><COL><COL><THEAD
3523 ><TR
3524 ><TH
3525 >File</TH
3526 ><TH
3527 >Description</TH
3528 ></TR
3529 ></THEAD
3530 ><TBODY
3531 ><TR
3532 ><TD
3533 ><TT
3534 CLASS="FILENAME"
3535 >libc.so.*</TT
3536 ></TD
3537 ><TD
3538 >The dynamically-linked C library (optional)</TD
3539 ></TR
3540 ><TR
3541 ><TD
3542 ><TT
3543 CLASS="FILENAME"
3544 >ld*</TT
3545 ></TD
3546 ><TD
3547 >The execution time linker/loader (optional)</TD
3548 ></TR
3549 ></TBODY
3550 ></TABLE
3552 ></P
3553 ></DIV
3555 >If a C preprocessor is installed, <SPAN
3556 CLASS="emphasis"
3558 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
3559 >/lib/cpp</I
3560 ></SPAN
3562 must be a reference to it, for historical reasons.
3565 NAME="AEN866"
3566 HREF="#FTN.AEN866"
3567 ><SPAN
3568 CLASS="footnote"
3569 >[13]</SPAN
3570 ></A
3571 ></P
3572 ></DIV
3573 ><DIV
3574 CLASS="SECTION"
3575 ><HR><H3
3576 CLASS="SECTION"
3578 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS7"
3579 >Specific Options</A
3580 ></H3
3582 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
3583 must be in <TT
3584 CLASS="FILENAME"
3585 >/lib</TT
3586 >, if the corresponding subsystem
3587 is installed:</P
3588 ><DIV
3589 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
3591 ></P
3593 NAME="AEN873"
3594 ></A
3595 ><TABLE
3596 BORDER="0"
3597 FRAME="void"
3598 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
3599 ><COL><COL><THEAD
3600 ><TR
3601 ><TH
3602 >Directory</TH
3603 ><TH
3604 >Description</TH
3605 ></TR
3606 ></THEAD
3607 ><TBODY
3608 ><TR
3609 ><TD
3610 ><TT
3611 CLASS="FILENAME"
3612 >modules</TT
3613 ></TD
3614 ><TD
3615 >Loadable kernel modules (optional)</TD
3616 ></TR
3617 ></TBODY
3618 ></TABLE
3620 ></P
3621 ></DIV
3622 ></DIV
3623 ></DIV
3624 ><DIV
3625 CLASS="SECTION"
3626 ><HR><H2
3627 CLASS="SECTION"
3629 NAME="LIBLTQUALGTALTERNATEFORMATESSENTIAL"
3630 >/lib&lt;qual&gt; : Alternate format essential shared libraries (optional)</A
3631 ></H2
3632 ><DIV
3633 CLASS="SECTION"
3634 ><H3
3635 CLASS="SECTION"
3637 NAME="PURPOSE12"
3638 >Purpose</A
3639 ></H3
3641 >There may be one or more variants of the
3643 CLASS="FILENAME"
3644 >/lib</TT
3645 > directory on systems which support more than
3646 one binary format requiring separate libraries.
3649 NAME="AEN890"
3650 HREF="#FTN.AEN890"
3651 ><SPAN
3652 CLASS="footnote"
3653 >[14]</SPAN
3654 ></A
3655 ></P
3656 ></DIV
3657 ><DIV
3658 CLASS="SECTION"
3659 ><HR><H3
3660 CLASS="SECTION"
3662 NAME="REQUIREMENTS6"
3663 >Requirements</A
3664 ></H3
3666 >If one or more of these directories exist, the requirements for
3667 their contents are the same as the normal <TT
3668 CLASS="FILENAME"
3669 >/lib</TT
3671 directory, except that <TT
3672 CLASS="FILENAME"
3673 >/lib&lt;qual&gt;/cpp</TT
3674 > is
3675 not required.
3678 NAME="AEN900"
3679 HREF="#FTN.AEN900"
3680 ><SPAN
3681 CLASS="footnote"
3682 >[15]</SPAN
3683 ></A
3684 ></P
3685 ></DIV
3686 ></DIV
3687 ><DIV
3688 CLASS="SECTION"
3689 ><HR><H2
3690 CLASS="SECTION"
3692 NAME="MEDIAMOUNTPOINT"
3693 >/media : Mount point for removeable media</A
3694 ></H2
3695 ><DIV
3696 CLASS="SECTION"
3697 ><H3
3698 CLASS="SECTION"
3700 NAME="PURPOSEMEDIAMOUNTPOINT"
3701 >Purpose</A
3702 ></H3
3704 >This directory contains subdirectories which are used as mount
3705 points for removeable media such as floppy disks, cdroms and zip
3706 disks.</P
3707 ><DIV
3708 CLASS="TIP"
3710 ></P
3711 ><TABLE
3712 CLASS="TIP"
3713 WIDTH="100%"
3714 BORDER="0"
3715 ><TR
3716 ><TD
3717 WIDTH="25"
3718 ALIGN="CENTER"
3719 VALIGN="TOP"
3720 ><IMG
3721 SRC="tip.gif"
3722 HSPACE="5"
3723 ALT="Tip"></TD
3724 ><TH
3725 ALIGN="LEFT"
3726 VALIGN="CENTER"
3728 >Rationale</B
3729 ></TH
3730 ></TR
3731 ><TR
3732 ><TD
3733 >&nbsp;</TD
3734 ><TD
3735 ALIGN="LEFT"
3736 VALIGN="TOP"
3738 >Historically there have been a number of other different places
3739 used to mount removeable media such as <TT
3740 CLASS="FILENAME"
3741 >/cdrom</TT
3744 CLASS="FILENAME"
3745 >/mnt</TT
3746 > or <TT
3747 CLASS="FILENAME"
3748 >/mnt/cdrom</TT
3749 >. Placing
3750 the mount points for all removeable media directly in the root
3751 directory would potentially result in a large number of extra
3752 directories in <TT
3753 CLASS="FILENAME"
3754 >/</TT
3755 >. Although the use of
3756 subdirectories in <TT
3757 CLASS="FILENAME"
3758 >/mnt</TT
3759 > as a mount point has
3760 recently been common, it conflicts with a much older tradition of
3761 using <TT
3762 CLASS="FILENAME"
3763 >/mnt</TT
3764 > directly as a temporary mount point.</P
3765 ></TD
3766 ></TR
3767 ></TABLE
3768 ></DIV
3769 ></DIV
3770 ><DIV
3771 CLASS="SECTION"
3772 ><HR><H3
3773 CLASS="SECTION"
3775 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONSMEDIAMOUNT"
3776 >Specific Options</A
3777 ></H3
3779 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
3780 must be in <TT
3781 CLASS="FILENAME"
3782 >/media</TT
3783 >, if the corresponding subsystem
3784 is installed:</P
3785 ><DIV
3786 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
3788 ></P
3790 NAME="AEN923"
3791 ></A
3792 ><TABLE
3793 BORDER="0"
3794 FRAME="void"
3795 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
3796 ><COL><COL><THEAD
3797 ><TR
3798 ><TH
3799 >Directory</TH
3800 ><TH
3801 >Description</TH
3802 ></TR
3803 ></THEAD
3804 ><TBODY
3805 ><TR
3806 ><TD
3807 ><TT
3808 CLASS="FILENAME"
3809 >floppy</TT
3810 ></TD
3811 ><TD
3812 >Floppy drive (optional)</TD
3813 ></TR
3814 ><TR
3815 ><TD
3816 ><TT
3817 CLASS="FILENAME"
3818 >cdrom</TT
3819 ></TD
3820 ><TD
3821 >CD-ROM drive (optional)</TD
3822 ></TR
3823 ><TR
3824 ><TD
3825 ><TT
3826 CLASS="FILENAME"
3827 >cdrecorder</TT
3828 ></TD
3829 ><TD
3830 >CD writer (optional)</TD
3831 ></TR
3832 ><TR
3833 ><TD
3834 ><TT
3835 CLASS="FILENAME"
3836 >zip</TT
3837 ></TD
3838 ><TD
3839 >Zip drive (optional)</TD
3840 ></TR
3841 ></TBODY
3842 ></TABLE
3844 ></P
3845 ></DIV
3847 >On systems where more than one device exists for mounting a
3848 certain type of media, mount directories can be created by appending a
3849 digit to the name of those available above starting with '0', but the
3850 unqualified name must also exist.
3853 NAME="AEN947"
3854 HREF="#FTN.AEN947"
3855 ><SPAN
3856 CLASS="footnote"
3857 >[16]</SPAN
3858 ></A
3859 >&#13;</P
3860 ></DIV
3861 ></DIV
3862 ><DIV
3863 CLASS="SECTION"
3864 ><HR><H2
3865 CLASS="SECTION"
3867 NAME="MNTMOUNTPOINTFORATEMPORARILYMOUNT"
3868 >/mnt : Mount point for a temporarily mounted filesystem</A
3869 ></H2
3870 ><DIV
3871 CLASS="SECTION"
3872 ><H3
3873 CLASS="SECTION"
3875 NAME="PURPOSE13"
3876 >Purpose</A
3877 ></H3
3879 >This directory is provided so that the system administrator may
3880 temporarily mount a filesystem as needed. The content of this
3881 directory is a local issue and should not affect the manner in which
3882 any program is run.</P
3884 >This directory must not be used by installation programs: a
3885 suitable temporary directory not in use by the system must be used
3886 instead.</P
3887 ></DIV
3888 ></DIV
3889 ><DIV
3890 CLASS="SECTION"
3891 ><HR><H2
3892 CLASS="SECTION"
3894 NAME="OPTADDONAPPLICATIONSOFTWAREPACKAGES"
3895 >/opt : Add-on application software packages</A
3896 ></H2
3897 ><DIV
3898 CLASS="SECTION"
3899 ><H3
3900 CLASS="SECTION"
3902 NAME="PURPOSE14"
3903 >Purpose</A
3904 ></H3
3906 ><TT
3907 CLASS="FILENAME"
3908 >/opt</TT
3909 > is reserved for the installation of
3910 add-on application software packages.</P
3912 >A package to be installed in <TT
3913 CLASS="FILENAME"
3914 >/opt</TT
3915 > must
3916 locate its static files in a separate
3918 CLASS="FILENAME"
3919 >/opt/&lt;package&gt;</TT
3920 > or
3922 CLASS="FILENAME"
3923 >/opt/&lt;provider&gt;</TT
3924 > directory
3925 tree, where <TT
3926 CLASS="FILENAME"
3927 >&lt;package&gt;</TT
3928 > is a name that
3929 describes the software package and
3931 CLASS="FILENAME"
3932 >&lt;provider&gt;</TT
3933 > is the provider's LANANA
3934 registered name.</P
3935 ></DIV
3936 ><DIV
3937 CLASS="SECTION"
3938 ><HR><H3
3939 CLASS="SECTION"
3941 NAME="REQUIREMENTS7"
3942 >Requirements</A
3943 ></H3
3944 ><DIV
3945 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
3947 ></P
3949 NAME="AEN972"
3950 ></A
3951 ><TABLE
3952 BORDER="0"
3953 FRAME="void"
3954 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
3955 ><COL><COL><THEAD
3956 ><TR
3957 ><TH
3958 >Directory</TH
3959 ><TH
3960 >Description</TH
3961 ></TR
3962 ></THEAD
3963 ><TBODY
3964 ><TR
3965 ><TD
3966 >&lt;package&gt;</TD
3967 ><TD
3968 >Static package objects</TD
3969 ></TR
3970 ><TR
3971 ><TD
3972 >&lt;provider&gt;</TD
3973 ><TD
3974 >LANANA registered provider name</TD
3975 ></TR
3976 ></TBODY
3977 ></TABLE
3979 ></P
3980 ></DIV
3982 >The directories <TT
3983 CLASS="FILENAME"
3984 >/opt/bin</TT
3987 CLASS="FILENAME"
3988 >/opt/doc</TT
3989 >, <TT
3990 CLASS="FILENAME"
3991 >/opt/include</TT
3994 CLASS="FILENAME"
3995 >/opt/info</TT
3996 >, <TT
3997 CLASS="FILENAME"
3998 >/opt/lib</TT
3999 >, and
4001 CLASS="FILENAME"
4002 >/opt/man</TT
4003 > are reserved for local system
4004 administrator use. Packages may provide "front-end" files intended to
4005 be placed in (by linking or copying) these reserved directories by the
4006 local system administrator, but must function normally in the absence
4007 of these reserved directories.</P
4009 >Programs to be invoked by users must be located in the directory
4011 CLASS="FILENAME"
4012 >/opt/&lt;package&gt;/bin</TT
4013 > or under the
4015 CLASS="FILENAME"
4016 >/opt/&lt;provider&gt;</TT
4017 > hierarchy. If the package
4018 includes UNIX manual pages, they must be located in
4020 CLASS="FILENAME"
4021 >/opt/&lt;package&gt;/share/man</TT
4022 > or under the
4024 CLASS="FILENAME"
4025 >/opt/&lt;provider&gt;</TT
4026 > hierarchy, and the same
4027 substructure as <TT
4028 CLASS="FILENAME"
4029 >/usr/share/man</TT
4030 > must be
4031 used.</P
4033 >Package files that are variable (change in normal operation)
4034 must be installed in <TT
4035 CLASS="FILENAME"
4036 >/var/opt</TT
4037 >. See the section
4038 on <TT
4039 CLASS="FILENAME"
4040 >/var/opt</TT
4041 > for more information.</P
4043 >Host-specific configuration files must be installed in
4045 CLASS="FILENAME"
4046 >/etc/opt</TT
4047 >. See the section on
4049 CLASS="FILENAME"
4050 >/etc</TT
4051 > for more information.</P
4053 >No other package files may exist outside the
4055 CLASS="FILENAME"
4056 >/opt</TT
4057 >, <TT
4058 CLASS="FILENAME"
4059 >/var/opt</TT
4060 >, and
4062 CLASS="FILENAME"
4063 >/etc/opt</TT
4064 > hierarchies except for those package
4065 files that must reside in specific locations within the filesystem
4066 tree in order to function properly. For example, device lock files
4067 must be placed in <TT
4068 CLASS="FILENAME"
4069 >/var/lock</TT
4070 > and devices must be
4071 located in <TT
4072 CLASS="FILENAME"
4073 >/dev</TT
4074 >.</P
4076 >Distributions may install software in <TT
4077 CLASS="FILENAME"
4078 >/opt</TT
4080 but must not modify or delete software installed by the local system
4081 administrator without the assent of the local system
4082 administrator.</P
4083 ><DIV
4084 CLASS="TIP"
4086 ></P
4087 ><TABLE
4088 CLASS="TIP"
4089 WIDTH="100%"
4090 BORDER="0"
4091 ><TR
4092 ><TD
4093 WIDTH="25"
4094 ALIGN="CENTER"
4095 VALIGN="TOP"
4096 ><IMG
4097 SRC="tip.gif"
4098 HSPACE="5"
4099 ALT="Tip"></TD
4100 ><TH
4101 ALIGN="LEFT"
4102 VALIGN="CENTER"
4104 >Rationale</B
4105 ></TH
4106 ></TR
4107 ><TR
4108 ><TD
4109 >&nbsp;</TD
4110 ><TD
4111 ALIGN="LEFT"
4112 VALIGN="TOP"
4114 >The use of <TT
4115 CLASS="FILENAME"
4116 >/opt</TT
4117 > for add-on software is a
4118 well-established practice in the UNIX community. The System V
4119 Application Binary Interface [AT&amp;T 1990], based on the System V
4120 Interface Definition (Third Edition), provides for an
4122 CLASS="FILENAME"
4123 >/opt</TT
4124 > structure very similar to the one defined
4125 here.</P
4127 >The Intel Binary Compatibility Standard v. 2 (iBCS2) also
4128 provides a similar structure for <TT
4129 CLASS="FILENAME"
4130 >/opt</TT
4131 >.</P
4133 >Generally, all data required to support a package on a system
4134 must be present within <TT
4135 CLASS="FILENAME"
4136 >/opt/&lt;package&gt;</TT
4138 including files intended to be copied into
4140 CLASS="FILENAME"
4141 >/etc/opt/&lt;package&gt;</TT
4142 > and
4144 CLASS="FILENAME"
4145 >/var/opt/&lt;package&gt;</TT
4146 > as well as reserved
4147 directories in <TT
4148 CLASS="FILENAME"
4149 >/opt</TT
4150 >.</P
4152 >The minor restrictions on distributions using
4154 CLASS="FILENAME"
4155 >/opt</TT
4156 > are necessary because conflicts are possible
4157 between distribution-installed and locally-installed software,
4158 especially in the case of fixed pathnames found in some binary
4159 software.</P
4161 >The structure of the directories below
4163 CLASS="FILENAME"
4164 >/opt/&lt;provider&gt;</TT
4165 > is left up to the packager
4166 of the software, though it is recommended that packages are installed
4167 in <TT
4168 CLASS="FILENAME"
4169 >/opt/&lt;provider&gt;/&lt;package&gt;</TT
4170 > and
4171 follow a similar structure to the guidelines for
4173 CLASS="FILENAME"
4174 >/opt/package</TT
4175 >. A valid reason for diverging from
4176 this structure is for support packages which may have files installed
4177 in <TT
4178 CLASS="FILENAME"
4179 >/opt/&lt;provider&gt;/lib</TT
4180 > or
4182 CLASS="FILENAME"
4183 >/opt/&lt;provider&gt;/bin</TT
4184 >.</P
4185 ></TD
4186 ></TR
4187 ></TABLE
4188 ></DIV
4189 ></DIV
4190 ></DIV
4191 ><DIV
4192 CLASS="SECTION"
4193 ><HR><H2
4194 CLASS="SECTION"
4196 NAME="ROOTHOMEDIRECTORYFORTHEROOTUSER"
4197 >/root : Home directory for the root user (optional)</A
4198 ></H2
4199 ><DIV
4200 CLASS="SECTION"
4201 ><H3
4202 CLASS="SECTION"
4204 NAME="PURPOSE15"
4205 >Purpose</A
4206 ></H3
4208 >The root account's home directory may be determined by developer
4209 or local preference, but this is the recommended default
4210 location.
4213 NAME="AEN1037"
4214 HREF="#FTN.AEN1037"
4215 ><SPAN
4216 CLASS="footnote"
4217 >[17]</SPAN
4218 ></A
4219 ></P
4220 ></DIV
4221 ></DIV
4222 ><DIV
4223 CLASS="SECTION"
4224 ><HR><H2
4225 CLASS="SECTION"
4227 NAME="SBINSYSTEMBINARIES"
4228 >/sbin : System binaries</A
4229 ></H2
4230 ><DIV
4231 CLASS="SECTION"
4232 ><H3
4233 CLASS="SECTION"
4235 NAME="PURPOSE16"
4236 >Purpose</A
4237 ></H3
4239 >Utilities used for system administration (and other root-only
4240 commands) are stored in <TT
4241 CLASS="FILENAME"
4242 >/sbin</TT
4245 CLASS="FILENAME"
4246 >/usr/sbin</TT
4247 >, and
4249 CLASS="FILENAME"
4250 >/usr/local/sbin</TT
4251 >. <TT
4252 CLASS="FILENAME"
4253 >/sbin</TT
4255 contains binaries essential for booting, restoring, recovering, and/or
4256 repairing the system in addition to the binaries in
4258 CLASS="FILENAME"
4259 >/bin</TT
4263 NAME="AEN1051"
4264 HREF="#FTN.AEN1051"
4265 ><SPAN
4266 CLASS="footnote"
4267 >[18]</SPAN
4268 ></A
4269 > Programs executed after
4271 CLASS="FILENAME"
4272 >/usr</TT
4273 > is known to be mounted (when there are no
4274 problems) are generally placed into <TT
4275 CLASS="FILENAME"
4276 >/usr/sbin</TT
4278 Locally-installed system administration programs should be placed into
4280 CLASS="FILENAME"
4281 >/usr/local/sbin</TT
4285 NAME="AEN1058"
4286 HREF="#FTN.AEN1058"
4287 ><SPAN
4288 CLASS="footnote"
4289 >[19]</SPAN
4290 ></A
4291 ></P
4292 ></DIV
4293 ><DIV
4294 CLASS="SECTION"
4295 ><HR><H3
4296 CLASS="SECTION"
4298 NAME="REQUIREMENTS8"
4299 >Requirements</A
4300 ></H3
4302 >The following commands, or symbolic links to commands, are
4303 required in <TT
4304 CLASS="FILENAME"
4305 >/sbin</TT
4306 >.</P
4307 ><DIV
4308 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
4310 ></P
4312 NAME="AEN1077"
4313 ></A
4314 ><TABLE
4315 BORDER="0"
4316 FRAME="void"
4317 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
4318 ><COL><COL><THEAD
4319 ><TR
4320 ><TH
4321 >Command</TH
4322 ><TH
4323 >Description</TH
4324 ></TR
4325 ></THEAD
4326 ><TBODY
4327 ><TR
4328 ><TD
4330 CLASS="COMMAND"
4331 >shutdown</B
4332 ></TD
4333 ><TD
4334 >Command to bring the system down.</TD
4335 ></TR
4336 ></TBODY
4337 ></TABLE
4339 ></P
4340 ></DIV
4341 ></DIV
4342 ><DIV
4343 CLASS="SECTION"
4344 ><HR><H3
4345 CLASS="SECTION"
4347 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS8"
4348 >Specific Options</A
4349 ></H3
4351 >The following files, or symbolic links to files, must be in
4353 CLASS="FILENAME"
4354 >/sbin</TT
4355 > if the corresponding subsystem is
4356 installed:</P
4357 ><DIV
4358 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
4360 ></P
4362 NAME="AEN1092"
4363 ></A
4364 ><TABLE
4365 BORDER="0"
4366 FRAME="void"
4367 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
4368 ><COL
4369 WIDTH="1*"
4370 TITLE="C1"><COL
4371 WIDTH="1*"
4372 TITLE="C2"><THEAD
4373 ><TR
4374 ><TH
4375 >Command</TH
4376 ><TH
4377 >Description</TH
4378 ></TR
4379 ></THEAD
4380 ><TBODY
4381 ><TR
4382 ><TD
4383 ><TT
4384 CLASS="FILENAME"
4385 >fastboot</TT
4386 ></TD
4387 ><TD
4388 >Reboot the system without checking the disks (optional)</TD
4389 ></TR
4390 ><TR
4391 ><TD
4392 ><TT
4393 CLASS="FILENAME"
4394 >fasthalt</TT
4395 ></TD
4396 ><TD
4397 >Stop the system without checking the disks (optional)</TD
4398 ></TR
4399 ><TR
4400 ><TD
4401 ><TT
4402 CLASS="FILENAME"
4403 >fdisk</TT
4404 ></TD
4405 ><TD
4406 >Partition table manipulator (optional)</TD
4407 ></TR
4408 ><TR
4409 ><TD
4410 ><TT
4411 CLASS="FILENAME"
4412 >fsck</TT
4413 ></TD
4414 ><TD
4415 >File system check and repair utility (optional)</TD
4416 ></TR
4417 ><TR
4418 ><TD
4419 ><TT
4420 CLASS="FILENAME"
4421 >fsck.*</TT
4422 ></TD
4423 ><TD
4424 >File system check and repair utility for a specific filesystem (optional)</TD
4425 ></TR
4426 ><TR
4427 ><TD
4428 ><TT
4429 CLASS="FILENAME"
4430 >getty</TT
4431 ></TD
4432 ><TD
4433 >The getty program (optional)</TD
4434 ></TR
4435 ><TR
4436 ><TD
4437 ><TT
4438 CLASS="FILENAME"
4439 >halt</TT
4440 ></TD
4441 ><TD
4442 >Command to stop the system (optional)</TD
4443 ></TR
4444 ><TR
4445 ><TD
4446 ><TT
4447 CLASS="FILENAME"
4448 >ifconfig</TT
4449 ></TD
4450 ><TD
4451 >Configure a network interface (optional)</TD
4452 ></TR
4453 ><TR
4454 ><TD
4455 ><TT
4456 CLASS="FILENAME"
4457 >init</TT
4458 ></TD
4459 ><TD
4460 >Initial process (optional)</TD
4461 ></TR
4462 ><TR
4463 ><TD
4464 ><TT
4465 CLASS="FILENAME"
4466 >mkfs</TT
4467 ></TD
4468 ><TD
4469 >Command to build a filesystem (optional)</TD
4470 ></TR
4471 ><TR
4472 ><TD
4473 ><TT
4474 CLASS="FILENAME"
4475 >mkfs.*</TT
4476 ></TD
4477 ><TD
4478 >Command to build a specific filesystem (optional)</TD
4479 ></TR
4480 ><TR
4481 ><TD
4482 ><TT
4483 CLASS="FILENAME"
4484 >mkswap</TT
4485 ></TD
4486 ><TD
4487 >Command to set up a swap area (optional)</TD
4488 ></TR
4489 ><TR
4490 ><TD
4491 ><TT
4492 CLASS="FILENAME"
4493 >reboot</TT
4494 ></TD
4495 ><TD
4496 >Command to reboot the system (optional)</TD
4497 ></TR
4498 ><TR
4499 ><TD
4500 ><TT
4501 CLASS="FILENAME"
4502 >route</TT
4503 ></TD
4504 ><TD
4505 >IP routing table utility (optional)</TD
4506 ></TR
4507 ><TR
4508 ><TD
4509 ><TT
4510 CLASS="FILENAME"
4511 >swapon</TT
4512 ></TD
4513 ><TD
4514 >Enable paging and swapping (optional)</TD
4515 ></TR
4516 ><TR
4517 ><TD
4518 ><TT
4519 CLASS="FILENAME"
4520 >swapoff</TT
4521 ></TD
4522 ><TD
4523 >Disable paging and swapping (optional)</TD
4524 ></TR
4525 ><TR
4526 ><TD
4527 ><TT
4528 CLASS="FILENAME"
4529 >update</TT
4530 ></TD
4531 ><TD
4532 >Daemon to periodically flush filesystem buffers (optional)</TD
4533 ></TR
4534 ></TBODY
4535 ></TABLE
4537 ></P
4538 ></DIV
4539 ></DIV
4540 ></DIV
4541 ><DIV
4542 CLASS="SECTION"
4543 ><HR><H2
4544 CLASS="SECTION"
4546 NAME="SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM"
4547 >/srv : Data for services provided by this system</A
4548 ></H2
4549 ><DIV
4550 CLASS="SECTION"
4551 ><H3
4552 CLASS="SECTION"
4554 NAME="PURPOSE16A"
4555 >Purpose</A
4556 ></H3
4558 ><TT
4559 CLASS="FILENAME"
4560 >/srv</TT
4561 > contains site-specific data which is
4562 served by this system.
4564 <DIV
4565 CLASS="TIP"
4567 ></P
4568 ><TABLE
4569 CLASS="TIP"
4570 WIDTH="100%"
4571 BORDER="0"
4572 ><TR
4573 ><TD
4574 WIDTH="25"
4575 ALIGN="CENTER"
4576 VALIGN="TOP"
4577 ><IMG
4578 SRC="tip.gif"
4579 HSPACE="5"
4580 ALT="Tip"></TD
4581 ><TH
4582 ALIGN="LEFT"
4583 VALIGN="CENTER"
4585 >Rationale</B
4586 ></TH
4587 ></TR
4588 ><TR
4589 ><TD
4590 >&nbsp;</TD
4591 ><TD
4592 ALIGN="LEFT"
4593 VALIGN="TOP"
4595 >This main purpose of specifying this is so that users may find the
4596 location of the data files for particular service, and so that
4597 services which require a single tree for readonly data, writable data
4598 and scripts (such as cgi scripts) can be reasonably placed. Data that
4599 is only of interest to a specific user should go in that users' home
4600 directory.</P
4602 >The methodology used to name subdirectories of
4604 CLASS="FILENAME"
4605 >/srv</TT
4606 > is unspecified as there is currently no
4607 consensus on how this should be done. One method for structuring data
4608 under <TT
4609 CLASS="FILENAME"
4610 >/srv</TT
4611 > is by protocol,
4612 eg. <TT
4613 CLASS="FILENAME"
4614 >ftp</TT
4615 >, <TT
4616 CLASS="FILENAME"
4617 >rsync</TT
4620 CLASS="FILENAME"
4621 >www</TT
4622 >, and <TT
4623 CLASS="FILENAME"
4624 >cvs</TT
4625 >. On large
4626 systems it can be useful to structure <TT
4627 CLASS="FILENAME"
4628 >/srv</TT
4629 > by
4630 administrative context, such as <TT
4631 CLASS="FILENAME"
4632 >/srv/physics/www</TT
4635 CLASS="FILENAME"
4636 >/srv/compsci/cvs</TT
4637 >, etc. This setup will differ
4638 from host to host. Therefore, no program should rely on a specific
4639 subdirectory structure of <TT
4640 CLASS="FILENAME"
4641 >/srv</TT
4642 > existing or data
4643 necessarily being stored in <TT
4644 CLASS="FILENAME"
4645 >/srv</TT
4646 >. However
4648 CLASS="FILENAME"
4649 >/srv</TT
4650 > should always exist on FHS compliant systems
4651 and should be used as the default location for such data.</P
4653 >Distributions must take care not to remove locally placed files in
4654 these directories without administrator permission.
4656 NAME="AEN1192"
4657 HREF="#FTN.AEN1192"
4658 ><SPAN
4659 CLASS="footnote"
4660 >[20]</SPAN
4661 ></A
4662 ></P
4663 ></TD
4664 ></TR
4665 ></TABLE
4666 ></DIV
4667 >&#13;</P
4668 ></DIV
4669 ></DIV
4670 ><DIV
4671 CLASS="SECTION"
4672 ><HR><H2
4673 CLASS="SECTION"
4675 NAME="TMPTEMPORARYFILES"
4676 >/tmp : Temporary files</A
4677 ></H2
4678 ><DIV
4679 CLASS="SECTION"
4680 ><H3
4681 CLASS="SECTION"
4683 NAME="PURPOSE17"
4684 >Purpose</A
4685 ></H3
4687 >The <TT
4688 CLASS="FILENAME"
4689 >/tmp</TT
4690 > directory must be made available
4691 for programs that require temporary files.</P
4693 >Programs must not assume that any files or directories in
4695 CLASS="FILENAME"
4696 >/tmp</TT
4697 > are preserved between invocations of the
4698 program.</P
4699 ><DIV
4700 CLASS="TIP"
4702 ></P
4703 ><TABLE
4704 CLASS="TIP"
4705 WIDTH="100%"
4706 BORDER="0"
4707 ><TR
4708 ><TD
4709 WIDTH="25"
4710 ALIGN="CENTER"
4711 VALIGN="TOP"
4712 ><IMG
4713 SRC="tip.gif"
4714 HSPACE="5"
4715 ALT="Tip"></TD
4716 ><TH
4717 ALIGN="LEFT"
4718 VALIGN="CENTER"
4720 >Rationale</B
4721 ></TH
4722 ></TR
4723 ><TR
4724 ><TD
4725 >&nbsp;</TD
4726 ><TD
4727 ALIGN="LEFT"
4728 VALIGN="TOP"
4730 >IEEE standard P1003.2 (POSIX, part 2) makes requirements that
4731 are similar to the above section.</P
4733 >Although data stored in <TT
4734 CLASS="FILENAME"
4735 >/tmp</TT
4736 > may be deleted
4737 in a site-specific manner, it is recommended that files and
4738 directories located in <TT
4739 CLASS="FILENAME"
4740 >/tmp</TT
4741 > be deleted whenever
4742 the system is booted.</P
4744 >FHS added this recommendation on the basis of historical
4745 precedent and common practice, but did not make it a requirement
4746 because system administration is not within the scope of this
4747 standard.&#13;</P
4748 ></TD
4749 ></TR
4750 ></TABLE
4751 ></DIV
4752 ></DIV
4753 ></DIV
4754 ></DIV
4755 ><DIV
4756 CLASS="CHAPTER"
4757 ><HR><H1
4759 NAME="THEUSRHIERARCHY"
4760 ></A
4761 >Chapter 4. The /usr Hierarchy</H1
4762 ><DIV
4763 CLASS="SECTION"
4764 ><H2
4765 CLASS="SECTION"
4767 NAME="PURPOSE18"
4768 >Purpose</A
4769 ></H2
4771 ><TT
4772 CLASS="FILENAME"
4773 >/usr</TT
4774 > is the second major section of the
4775 filesystem. <TT
4776 CLASS="FILENAME"
4777 >/usr</TT
4778 > is shareable, read-only data.
4779 That means that <TT
4780 CLASS="FILENAME"
4781 >/usr</TT
4782 > should be shareable between
4783 various FHS-compliant hosts and must not be written to. Any
4784 information that is host-specific or varies with time is stored
4785 elsewhere.</P
4787 >Large software packages must not use a direct subdirectory under
4788 the <TT
4789 CLASS="FILENAME"
4790 >/usr</TT
4791 > hierarchy.</P
4792 ></DIV
4793 ><DIV
4794 CLASS="SECTION"
4795 ><HR><H2
4796 CLASS="SECTION"
4798 NAME="REQUIREMENTS9"
4799 >Requirements</A
4800 ></H2
4802 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, are
4803 required in <TT
4804 CLASS="FILENAME"
4805 >/usr</TT
4806 >.</P
4807 ><DIV
4808 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
4810 ></P
4812 NAME="AEN1223"
4813 ></A
4814 ><TABLE
4815 BORDER="0"
4816 FRAME="void"
4817 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
4818 ><COL><COL><THEAD
4819 ><TR
4820 ><TH
4821 >Directory</TH
4822 ><TH
4823 >Description</TH
4824 ></TR
4825 ></THEAD
4826 ><TBODY
4827 ><TR
4828 ><TD
4829 ><TT
4830 CLASS="FILENAME"
4831 >bin</TT
4832 ></TD
4833 ><TD
4834 >Most user commands</TD
4835 ></TR
4836 ><TR
4837 ><TD
4838 ><TT
4839 CLASS="FILENAME"
4840 >include</TT
4841 ></TD
4842 ><TD
4843 >Header files included by C programs</TD
4844 ></TR
4845 ><TR
4846 ><TD
4847 ><TT
4848 CLASS="FILENAME"
4849 >lib</TT
4850 ></TD
4851 ><TD
4852 >Libraries</TD
4853 ></TR
4854 ><TR
4855 ><TD
4856 ><TT
4857 CLASS="FILENAME"
4858 >local</TT
4859 ></TD
4860 ><TD
4861 >Local hierarchy (empty after main installation)</TD
4862 ></TR
4863 ><TR
4864 ><TD
4865 ><TT
4866 CLASS="FILENAME"
4867 >sbin</TT
4868 ></TD
4869 ><TD
4870 >Non-vital system binaries</TD
4871 ></TR
4872 ><TR
4873 ><TD
4874 ><TT
4875 CLASS="FILENAME"
4876 >share</TT
4877 ></TD
4878 ><TD
4879 >Architecture-independent data</TD
4880 ></TR
4881 ></TBODY
4882 ></TABLE
4884 ></P
4885 ></DIV
4886 ></DIV
4887 ><DIV
4888 CLASS="SECTION"
4889 ><HR><H2
4890 CLASS="SECTION"
4892 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS9"
4893 >Specific Options</A
4894 ></H2
4895 ><DIV
4896 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
4898 ></P
4900 NAME="AEN1256"
4901 ></A
4902 ><TABLE
4903 BORDER="0"
4904 FRAME="void"
4905 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
4906 ><COL><COL><THEAD
4907 ><TR
4908 ><TH
4909 >Directory</TH
4910 ><TH
4911 >Description</TH
4912 ></TR
4913 ></THEAD
4914 ><TBODY
4915 ><TR
4916 ><TD
4917 ><TT
4918 CLASS="FILENAME"
4919 >X11R6</TT
4920 ></TD
4921 ><TD
4922 >XWindow System, version 11 release 6 (optional)</TD
4923 ></TR
4924 ><TR
4925 ><TD
4926 ><TT
4927 CLASS="FILENAME"
4928 >games</TT
4929 ></TD
4930 ><TD
4931 >Games and educational binaries (optional)</TD
4932 ></TR
4933 ><TR
4934 ><TD
4935 ><TT
4936 CLASS="FILENAME"
4937 >lib&lt;qual&gt;</TT
4938 ></TD
4939 ><TD
4940 >Alternate Format Libraries (optional)</TD
4941 ></TR
4942 ><TR
4943 ><TD
4944 ><TT
4945 CLASS="FILENAME"
4946 >src</TT
4947 ></TD
4948 ><TD
4949 >Source code (optional)</TD
4950 ></TR
4951 ></TBODY
4952 ></TABLE
4954 ></P
4955 ></DIV
4957 >An exception is made for the X Window System because of
4958 considerable precedent and widely-accepted practice.</P
4960 >The following symbolic links to directories may be present. This
4961 possibility is based on the need to preserve compatibility with older
4962 systems until all implementations can be assumed to use the
4964 CLASS="FILENAME"
4965 >/var</TT
4966 > hierarchy.</P
4967 ><TABLE
4968 BORDER="0"
4969 BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
4970 WIDTH="100%"
4971 ><TR
4972 ><TD
4973 ><PRE
4974 CLASS="SCREEN"
4975 > /usr/spool -&gt; /var/spool
4976 /usr/tmp -&gt; /var/tmp
4977 /usr/spool/locks -&gt; /var/lock</PRE
4978 ></TD
4979 ></TR
4980 ></TABLE
4982 >Once a system no longer requires any one of the above symbolic links,
4983 the link may be removed, if desired.</P
4984 ></DIV
4985 ><DIV
4986 CLASS="SECTION"
4987 ><HR><H2
4988 CLASS="SECTION"
4990 NAME="USRX11R6XWINDOWSYSTEMVERSION11REL"
4991 >/usr/X11R6 : X Window System, Version 11 Release 6 (optional)</A
4992 ></H2
4993 ><DIV
4994 CLASS="SECTION"
4995 ><H3
4996 CLASS="SECTION"
4998 NAME="PURPOSE19"
4999 >Purpose</A
5000 ></H3
5002 >This hierarchy is reserved for the X Window System, version 11
5003 release 6, and related files.</P
5005 >To simplify matters and make XFree86 more compatible with the X
5006 Window System on other systems, the following symbolic links must be
5007 present if <TT
5008 CLASS="FILENAME"
5009 >/usr/X11R6</TT
5010 > exists:</P
5011 ><TABLE
5012 BORDER="0"
5013 BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
5014 WIDTH="100%"
5015 ><TR
5016 ><TD
5017 ><PRE
5018 CLASS="SCREEN"
5019 > /usr/bin/X11 -&gt; /usr/X11R6/bin
5020 /usr/lib/X11 -&gt; /usr/X11R6/lib/X11
5021 /usr/include/X11 -&gt; /usr/X11R6/include/X11</PRE
5022 ></TD
5023 ></TR
5024 ></TABLE
5026 >In general, software must not be installed or managed via the above
5027 symbolic links. They are intended for utilization by users only. The
5028 difficulty is related to the release version of the X Window System &mdash;
5029 in transitional periods, it is impossible to know what release of X11 is
5030 in use.</P
5031 ></DIV
5032 ><DIV
5033 CLASS="SECTION"
5034 ><HR><H3
5035 CLASS="SECTION"
5037 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS10"
5038 >Specific Options</A
5039 ></H3
5041 >Host-specific data in <TT
5042 CLASS="FILENAME"
5043 >/usr/X11R6/lib/X11</TT
5044 > should be interpreted
5045 as a demonstration file. Applications requiring information about the
5046 current host must reference a configuration file in <TT
5047 CLASS="FILENAME"
5048 >/etc/X11</TT
5050 which may be linked to a file in <TT
5051 CLASS="FILENAME"
5052 >/usr/X11R6/lib</TT
5056 NAME="AEN1299"
5057 HREF="#FTN.AEN1299"
5058 ><SPAN
5059 CLASS="footnote"
5060 >[21]</SPAN
5061 ></A
5062 ></P
5063 ></DIV
5064 ></DIV
5065 ><DIV
5066 CLASS="SECTION"
5067 ><HR><H2
5068 CLASS="SECTION"
5070 NAME="USRBINMOSTUSERCOMMANDS"
5071 >/usr/bin : Most user commands</A
5072 ></H2
5073 ><DIV
5074 CLASS="SECTION"
5075 ><H3
5076 CLASS="SECTION"
5078 NAME="PURPOSE20"
5079 >Purpose</A
5080 ></H3
5082 >This is the primary directory of executable commands on the
5083 system.</P
5084 ></DIV
5085 ><DIV
5086 CLASS="SECTION"
5087 ><HR><H3
5088 CLASS="SECTION"
5090 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS11"
5091 >Specific Options</A
5092 ></H3
5094 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
5095 must be in <TT
5096 CLASS="FILENAME"
5097 >/usr/bin</TT
5098 >, if the corresponding
5099 subsystem is installed:</P
5100 ><DIV
5101 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
5103 ></P
5105 NAME="AEN1313"
5106 ></A
5107 ><TABLE
5108 BORDER="0"
5109 FRAME="void"
5110 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
5111 ><COL><COL><THEAD
5112 ><TR
5113 ><TH
5114 >Directory</TH
5115 ><TH
5116 >Description</TH
5117 ></TR
5118 ></THEAD
5119 ><TBODY
5120 ><TR
5121 ><TD
5122 ><TT
5123 CLASS="FILENAME"
5124 >mh</TT
5125 ></TD
5126 ><TD
5127 >Commands for the MH mail handling system (optional)</TD
5128 ></TR
5129 ></TBODY
5130 ></TABLE
5132 ></P
5133 ></DIV
5135 ><TT
5136 CLASS="FILENAME"
5137 >/usr/bin/X11</TT
5138 > must be a symlink to
5140 CLASS="FILENAME"
5141 >/usr/X11R6/bin</TT
5142 > if the latter exists.</P
5144 >The following files, or symbolic links to files, must be in
5146 CLASS="FILENAME"
5147 >/usr/bin</TT
5148 >, if the corresponding subsystem is
5149 installed:</P
5150 ><DIV
5151 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
5153 ></P
5155 NAME="AEN1329"
5156 ></A
5157 ><TABLE
5158 BORDER="0"
5159 FRAME="void"
5160 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
5161 ><COL><COL><THEAD
5162 ><TR
5163 ><TH
5164 >Command</TH
5165 ><TH
5166 >Description</TH
5167 ></TR
5168 ></THEAD
5169 ><TBODY
5170 ><TR
5171 ><TD
5173 CLASS="COMMAND"
5174 >perl</B
5175 ></TD
5176 ><TD
5177 >The Practical Extraction and Report Language (optional)</TD
5178 ></TR
5179 ><TR
5180 ><TD
5182 CLASS="COMMAND"
5183 >python</B
5184 ></TD
5185 ><TD
5186 >The Python interpreted language (optional)</TD
5187 ></TR
5188 ><TR
5189 ><TD
5191 CLASS="COMMAND"
5192 >tclsh</B
5193 ></TD
5194 ><TD
5195 >Simple shell containing Tcl interpreter (optional)</TD
5196 ></TR
5197 ><TR
5198 ><TD
5200 CLASS="COMMAND"
5201 >wish</B
5202 ></TD
5203 ><TD
5204 >Simple Tcl/Tk windowing shell (optional)</TD
5205 ></TR
5206 ><TR
5207 ><TD
5209 CLASS="COMMAND"
5210 >expect</B
5211 ></TD
5212 ><TD
5213 >Program for interactive dialog (optional)</TD
5214 ></TR
5215 ></TBODY
5216 ></TABLE
5218 ></P
5219 ></DIV
5220 ><DIV
5221 CLASS="TIP"
5223 ></P
5224 ><TABLE
5225 CLASS="TIP"
5226 WIDTH="100%"
5227 BORDER="0"
5228 ><TR
5229 ><TD
5230 WIDTH="25"
5231 ALIGN="CENTER"
5232 VALIGN="TOP"
5233 ><IMG
5234 SRC="tip.gif"
5235 HSPACE="5"
5236 ALT="Tip"></TD
5237 ><TH
5238 ALIGN="LEFT"
5239 VALIGN="CENTER"
5241 >Rationale</B
5242 ></TH
5243 ></TR
5244 ><TR
5245 ><TD
5246 >&nbsp;</TD
5247 ><TD
5248 ALIGN="LEFT"
5249 VALIGN="TOP"
5251 >Because shell script interpreters (invoked with
5253 CLASS="FILENAME"
5254 >#!&lt;path&gt;</TT
5255 > on the first line of a shell
5256 script) cannot rely on a path, it is advantageous to standardize their
5257 locations. The Bourne shell and C-shell interpreters are already
5258 fixed in <TT
5259 CLASS="FILENAME"
5260 >/bin</TT
5261 >, but Perl, Python, and Tcl are
5262 often found in many different places. They may be symlinks to the
5263 physical location of the shell interpreters.&#13;</P
5264 ></TD
5265 ></TR
5266 ></TABLE
5267 ></DIV
5268 ></DIV
5269 ></DIV
5270 ><DIV
5271 CLASS="SECTION"
5272 ><HR><H2
5273 CLASS="SECTION"
5275 NAME="USRINCLUDEDIRECTORYFORSTANDARDINCLU"
5276 >/usr/include : Directory for standard include files.</A
5277 ></H2
5278 ><DIV
5279 CLASS="SECTION"
5280 ><H3
5281 CLASS="SECTION"
5283 NAME="PURPOSE21"
5284 >Purpose</A
5285 ></H3
5287 >This is where all of the system's general-use include files for the C
5288 programming language should be placed.</P
5289 ></DIV
5290 ><DIV
5291 CLASS="SECTION"
5292 ><HR><H3
5293 CLASS="SECTION"
5295 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS12"
5296 >Specific Options</A
5297 ></H3
5299 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
5300 must be in <TT
5301 CLASS="FILENAME"
5302 >/usr/include</TT
5303 >, if the corresponding
5304 subsystem is installed:</P
5305 ><DIV
5306 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
5308 ></P
5310 NAME="AEN1370"
5311 ></A
5312 ><TABLE
5313 BORDER="0"
5314 FRAME="void"
5315 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
5316 ><COL><COL><THEAD
5317 ><TR
5318 ><TH
5319 >Directory</TH
5320 ><TH
5321 >Description</TH
5322 ></TR
5323 ></THEAD
5324 ><TBODY
5325 ><TR
5326 ><TD
5327 >bsd</TD
5328 ><TD
5329 >BSD compatibility include files (optional)</TD
5330 ></TR
5331 ></TBODY
5332 ></TABLE
5334 ></P
5335 ></DIV
5337 >The symbolic link <TT
5338 CLASS="FILENAME"
5339 >/usr/include/X11</TT
5340 > must
5341 link to <TT
5342 CLASS="FILENAME"
5343 >/usr/X11R6/include/X11</TT
5344 > if the latter
5345 exists.</P
5346 ></DIV
5347 ></DIV
5348 ><DIV
5349 CLASS="SECTION"
5350 ><HR><H2
5351 CLASS="SECTION"
5353 NAME="USRLIBLIBRARIESFORPROGRAMMINGANDPA"
5354 >/usr/lib : Libraries for programming and packages</A
5355 ></H2
5356 ><DIV
5357 CLASS="SECTION"
5358 ><H3
5359 CLASS="SECTION"
5361 NAME="PURPOSE22"
5362 >Purpose</A
5363 ></H3
5365 ><TT
5366 CLASS="FILENAME"
5367 >/usr/lib</TT
5368 > includes object files, libraries,
5369 and internal binaries that are not intended to be executed directly by
5370 users or shell scripts.
5372 NAME="AEN1389"
5373 HREF="#FTN.AEN1389"
5374 ><SPAN
5375 CLASS="footnote"
5376 >[22]</SPAN
5377 ></A
5378 ></P
5380 >Applications may use a single subdirectory under
5382 CLASS="FILENAME"
5383 >/usr/lib</TT
5384 >. If an application uses a subdirectory,
5385 all architecture-dependent data exclusively used by the application
5386 must be placed within that subdirectory.
5389 NAME="AEN1394"
5390 HREF="#FTN.AEN1394"
5391 ><SPAN
5392 CLASS="footnote"
5393 >[23]</SPAN
5394 ></A
5395 ></P
5396 ></DIV
5397 ><DIV
5398 CLASS="SECTION"
5399 ><HR><H3
5400 CLASS="SECTION"
5402 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS13"
5403 >Specific Options</A
5404 ></H3
5406 >For historical reasons, <B
5407 CLASS="COMMAND"
5408 >/usr/lib/sendmail</B
5410 must be a symbolic link to <B
5411 CLASS="COMMAND"
5412 >/usr/sbin/sendmail</B
5413 > if
5414 the latter exists.
5417 NAME="AEN1402"
5418 HREF="#FTN.AEN1402"
5419 ><SPAN
5420 CLASS="footnote"
5421 >[24]</SPAN
5422 ></A
5423 ></P
5425 >If <TT
5426 CLASS="FILENAME"
5427 >/lib/X11</TT
5428 > exists,
5430 CLASS="FILENAME"
5431 >/usr/lib/X11</TT
5432 > must be a symbolic link to
5434 CLASS="FILENAME"
5435 >/lib/X11</TT
5436 >, or to whatever
5438 CLASS="FILENAME"
5439 >/lib/X11</TT
5440 > is a symbolic link to.
5443 NAME="AEN1418"
5444 HREF="#FTN.AEN1418"
5445 ><SPAN
5446 CLASS="footnote"
5447 >[25]</SPAN
5448 ></A
5449 ></P
5450 ></DIV
5451 ></DIV
5452 ><DIV
5453 CLASS="SECTION"
5454 ><HR><H2
5455 CLASS="SECTION"
5457 NAME="USRLIBLTQUALGTALTERNATEFORMATLIBRARI"
5458 >/usr/lib&lt;qual&gt; : Alternate format libraries (optional)</A
5459 ></H2
5460 ><DIV
5461 CLASS="SECTION"
5462 ><H3
5463 CLASS="SECTION"
5465 NAME="PURPOSE23"
5466 >Purpose</A
5467 ></H3
5469 ><TT
5470 CLASS="FILENAME"
5471 >/usr/lib&lt;qual&gt;</TT
5472 > performs the same role as <TT
5473 CLASS="FILENAME"
5474 >/usr/lib</TT
5475 > for an
5476 alternate binary format, except that the symbolic links
5478 CLASS="FILENAME"
5479 >/usr/lib&lt;qual&gt;/sendmail</TT
5480 > and <TT
5481 CLASS="FILENAME"
5482 >/usr/lib&lt;qual&gt;/X11</TT
5483 > are not required.
5486 NAME="AEN1435"
5487 HREF="#FTN.AEN1435"
5488 ><SPAN
5489 CLASS="footnote"
5490 >[26]</SPAN
5491 ></A
5492 ></P
5493 ></DIV
5494 ><DIV
5495 CLASS="SECTION"
5496 ><HR><H3
5497 CLASS="SECTION"
5499 NAME="USRLOCALLOCALHIERARCHY"
5500 >/usr/local : Local hierarchy</A
5501 ></H3
5502 ><DIV
5503 CLASS="SECTION"
5504 ><H4
5505 CLASS="SECTION"
5507 NAME="PURPOSE24"
5508 >Purpose</A
5509 ></H4
5511 >The <TT
5512 CLASS="FILENAME"
5513 >/usr/local</TT
5514 > hierarchy is for use by the
5515 system administrator when installing software locally. It needs to be
5516 safe from being overwritten when the system software is updated. It
5517 may be used for programs and data that are shareable amongst a group
5518 of hosts, but not found in <TT
5519 CLASS="FILENAME"
5520 >/usr</TT
5521 >.</P
5523 >Locally installed software must be placed within
5525 CLASS="FILENAME"
5526 >/usr/local</TT
5527 > rather than <TT
5528 CLASS="FILENAME"
5529 >/usr</TT
5531 unless it is being installed to replace or upgrade software in
5533 CLASS="FILENAME"
5534 >/usr</TT
5538 NAME="AEN1450"
5539 HREF="#FTN.AEN1450"
5540 ><SPAN
5541 CLASS="footnote"
5542 >[27]</SPAN
5543 ></A
5544 ></P
5545 ></DIV
5546 ><DIV
5547 CLASS="SECTION"
5548 ><HR><H4
5549 CLASS="SECTION"
5551 NAME="REQUIREMENTS10"
5552 >Requirements</A
5553 ></H4
5555 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
5556 must be in <TT
5557 CLASS="FILENAME"
5558 >/usr/local</TT
5559 ></P
5560 ><DIV
5561 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
5563 ></P
5565 NAME="AEN1460"
5566 ></A
5567 ><TABLE
5568 BORDER="0"
5569 FRAME="void"
5570 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
5571 ><COL><COL><THEAD
5572 ><TR
5573 ><TH
5574 >Directory</TH
5575 ><TH
5576 >Description</TH
5577 ></TR
5578 ></THEAD
5579 ><TBODY
5580 ><TR
5581 ><TD
5582 ><TT
5583 CLASS="FILENAME"
5584 >bin</TT
5585 ></TD
5586 ><TD
5587 >Local binaries</TD
5588 ></TR
5589 ><TR
5590 ><TD
5591 ><TT
5592 CLASS="FILENAME"
5593 >etc</TT
5594 ></TD
5595 ><TD
5596 >Host-specific system configuration for local binaries</TD
5597 ></TR
5598 ><TR
5599 ><TD
5600 ><TT
5601 CLASS="FILENAME"
5602 >games</TT
5603 ></TD
5604 ><TD
5605 >Local game binaries</TD
5606 ></TR
5607 ><TR
5608 ><TD
5609 ><TT
5610 CLASS="FILENAME"
5611 >include</TT
5612 ></TD
5613 ><TD
5614 >Local C header files</TD
5615 ></TR
5616 ><TR
5617 ><TD
5618 ><TT
5619 CLASS="FILENAME"
5620 >lib</TT
5621 ></TD
5622 ><TD
5623 >Local libraries</TD
5624 ></TR
5625 ><TR
5626 ><TD
5627 ><TT
5628 CLASS="FILENAME"
5629 >man</TT
5630 ></TD
5631 ><TD
5632 >Local online manuals</TD
5633 ></TR
5634 ><TR
5635 ><TD
5636 ><TT
5637 CLASS="FILENAME"
5638 >sbin</TT
5639 ></TD
5640 ><TD
5641 >Local system binaries</TD
5642 ></TR
5643 ><TR
5644 ><TD
5645 ><TT
5646 CLASS="FILENAME"
5647 >share</TT
5648 ></TD
5649 ><TD
5650 >Local architecture-independent hierarchy</TD
5651 ></TR
5652 ><TR
5653 ><TD
5654 ><TT
5655 CLASS="FILENAME"
5656 >src</TT
5657 ></TD
5658 ><TD
5659 >Local source code</TD
5660 ></TR
5661 ></TBODY
5662 ></TABLE
5664 ></P
5665 ></DIV
5667 >No other directories, except those listed below, may be in
5669 CLASS="FILENAME"
5670 >/usr/local</TT
5671 > after first installing a FHS-compliant
5672 system.</P
5673 ></DIV
5674 ><DIV
5675 CLASS="SECTION"
5676 ><HR><H4
5677 CLASS="SECTION"
5679 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS14"
5680 >Specific Options</A
5681 ></H4
5683 >If directories <TT
5684 CLASS="FILENAME"
5685 >/lib&lt;qual&gt;</TT
5686 > or
5688 CLASS="FILENAME"
5689 >/usr/lib&lt;qual&gt;</TT
5690 > exist, the equivalent
5691 directories must also exist in <TT
5692 CLASS="FILENAME"
5693 >/usr/local</TT
5694 >.</P
5696 ><TT
5697 CLASS="FILENAME"
5698 >/usr/local/etc</TT
5699 > may be a symbolic link to
5701 CLASS="FILENAME"
5702 >/etc/local</TT
5703 >.</P
5704 ><DIV
5705 CLASS="TIP"
5707 ></P
5708 ><TABLE
5709 CLASS="TIP"
5710 WIDTH="100%"
5711 BORDER="0"
5712 ><TR
5713 ><TD
5714 WIDTH="25"
5715 ALIGN="CENTER"
5716 VALIGN="TOP"
5717 ><IMG
5718 SRC="tip.gif"
5719 HSPACE="5"
5720 ALT="Tip"></TD
5721 ><TH
5722 ALIGN="LEFT"
5723 VALIGN="CENTER"
5725 >Rationale</B
5726 ></TH
5727 ></TR
5728 ><TR
5729 ><TD
5730 >&nbsp;</TD
5731 ><TD
5732 ALIGN="LEFT"
5733 VALIGN="TOP"
5735 >The consistency of <TT
5736 CLASS="FILENAME"
5737 >/usr/local/etc</TT
5738 > is
5739 beneficial to installers, and is already used in other systems. As
5740 all of <TT
5741 CLASS="FILENAME"
5742 >/usr/local</TT
5743 > needs to be backed up to
5744 reproduce a system, it introduces no additional maintenance overhead,
5745 but a symlink to <TT
5746 CLASS="FILENAME"
5747 >/etc/local</TT
5748 > is suitable if
5749 systems want alltheir configuration under one hierarchy.</P
5751 >Note that <TT
5752 CLASS="FILENAME"
5753 >/usr/etc</TT
5754 > is still not allowed: programs
5755 in <TT
5756 CLASS="FILENAME"
5757 >/usr</TT
5758 > should place configuration files in
5760 CLASS="FILENAME"
5761 >/etc</TT
5762 >.</P
5763 ></TD
5764 ></TR
5765 ></TABLE
5766 ></DIV
5767 ></DIV
5768 ></DIV
5769 ></DIV
5770 ><DIV
5771 CLASS="SECTION"
5772 ><HR><H2
5773 CLASS="SECTION"
5775 NAME="USRLOCALSHARE1"
5776 >/usr/local/share</A
5777 ></H2
5779 >The requirements for the contents of this directory are the same
5780 as <TT
5781 CLASS="FILENAME"
5782 >/usr/share</TT
5783 >. The only additional constraint is
5784 that <TT
5785 CLASS="FILENAME"
5786 >/usr/local/share/man</TT
5787 > and
5789 CLASS="FILENAME"
5790 >/usr/local/man</TT
5791 > directories must be synonomous
5792 (usually this means that one of them must be a symbolic link).
5795 NAME="AEN1530"
5796 HREF="#FTN.AEN1530"
5797 ><SPAN
5798 CLASS="footnote"
5799 >[28]</SPAN
5800 ></A
5801 ></P
5802 ></DIV
5803 ><DIV
5804 CLASS="SECTION"
5805 ><HR><H2
5806 CLASS="SECTION"
5808 NAME="USRSBINNONESSENTIALSTANDARDSYSTEMBI"
5809 >/usr/sbin : Non-essential standard system binaries</A
5810 ></H2
5811 ><DIV
5812 CLASS="SECTION"
5813 ><H3
5814 CLASS="SECTION"
5816 NAME="PURPOSE25"
5817 >Purpose</A
5818 ></H3
5820 >This directory contains any non-essential binaries used
5821 exclusively by the system administrator. System administration
5822 programs that are required for system repair, system recovery,
5823 mounting <TT
5824 CLASS="FILENAME"
5825 >/usr</TT
5826 >, or other essential functions must
5827 be placed in <TT
5828 CLASS="FILENAME"
5829 >/sbin</TT
5830 > instead.
5833 NAME="AEN1540"
5834 HREF="#FTN.AEN1540"
5835 ><SPAN
5836 CLASS="footnote"
5837 >[29]</SPAN
5838 ></A
5839 ></P
5840 ></DIV
5841 ></DIV
5842 ><DIV
5843 CLASS="SECTION"
5844 ><HR><H2
5845 CLASS="SECTION"
5847 NAME="USRSHAREARCHITECTUREINDEPENDENTDATA"
5848 >/usr/share : Architecture-independent data</A
5849 ></H2
5850 ><DIV
5851 CLASS="SECTION"
5852 ><H3
5853 CLASS="SECTION"
5855 NAME="PURPOSE26"
5856 >Purpose</A
5857 ></H3
5859 >The <TT
5860 CLASS="FILENAME"
5861 >/usr/share</TT
5862 > hierarchy is for all
5863 read-only architecture independent data files.
5866 NAME="AEN1550"
5867 HREF="#FTN.AEN1550"
5868 ><SPAN
5869 CLASS="footnote"
5870 >[30]</SPAN
5871 ></A
5872 >&#13;</P
5874 >This hierarchy is intended to be shareable among all
5875 architecture platforms of a given OS; thus, for example, a site with
5876 i386, Alpha, and PPC platforms might maintain a single
5878 CLASS="FILENAME"
5879 >/usr/share</TT
5880 > directory that is centrally-mounted.
5881 Note, however, that <TT
5882 CLASS="FILENAME"
5883 >/usr/share</TT
5884 > is generally not
5885 intended to be shared by different OSes or by different releases of
5886 the same OS.</P
5888 >Any program or package which contains or requires data that
5889 doesn't need to be modified should store that data in
5891 CLASS="FILENAME"
5892 >/usr/share</TT
5893 > (or
5895 CLASS="FILENAME"
5896 >/usr/local/share</TT
5897 >, if installed locally). It is
5898 recommended that a subdirectory be used in
5900 CLASS="FILENAME"
5901 >/usr/share</TT
5902 > for this purpose.</P
5904 >Game data stored in <TT
5905 CLASS="FILENAME"
5906 >/usr/share/games</TT
5907 > must
5908 be purely static data. Any modifiable files, such as score files,
5909 game play logs, and so forth, should be placed in
5911 CLASS="FILENAME"
5912 >/var/games</TT
5913 >.</P
5914 ></DIV
5915 ><DIV
5916 CLASS="SECTION"
5917 ><HR><H3
5918 CLASS="SECTION"
5920 NAME="REQUIREMENTS11"
5921 >Requirements</A
5922 ></H3
5924 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
5925 must be in <TT
5926 CLASS="FILENAME"
5927 >/usr/share</TT
5928 ></P
5929 ><DIV
5930 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
5932 ></P
5934 NAME="AEN1573"
5935 ></A
5936 ><TABLE
5937 BORDER="0"
5938 FRAME="void"
5939 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
5940 ><COL><COL><THEAD
5941 ><TR
5942 ><TH
5943 >Directory</TH
5944 ><TH
5945 >Description</TH
5946 ></TR
5947 ></THEAD
5948 ><TBODY
5949 ><TR
5950 ><TD
5951 ><TT
5952 CLASS="FILENAME"
5953 >man</TT
5954 ></TD
5955 ><TD
5956 >Online manuals</TD
5957 ></TR
5958 ><TR
5959 ><TD
5960 ><TT
5961 CLASS="FILENAME"
5962 >misc</TT
5963 ></TD
5964 ><TD
5965 >Miscellaneous architecture-independent data</TD
5966 ></TR
5967 ></TBODY
5968 ></TABLE
5970 ></P
5971 ></DIV
5972 ></DIV
5973 ><DIV
5974 CLASS="SECTION"
5975 ><HR><H3
5976 CLASS="SECTION"
5978 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS15"
5979 >Specific Options</A
5980 ></H3
5982 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, must be in <TT
5983 CLASS="FILENAME"
5984 >/usr/share</TT
5985 >, if the corresponding
5986 subsystem is installed:</P
5987 ><DIV
5988 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
5990 ></P
5992 NAME="AEN1592"
5993 ></A
5994 ><TABLE
5995 BORDER="0"
5996 FRAME="void"
5997 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
5998 ><COL><COL><THEAD
5999 ><TR
6000 ><TH
6001 >Directory</TH
6002 ><TH
6003 >Description</TH
6004 ></TR
6005 ></THEAD
6006 ><TBODY
6007 ><TR
6008 ><TD
6009 ><TT
6010 CLASS="FILENAME"
6011 >dict</TT
6012 ></TD
6013 ><TD
6014 >Word lists (optional)</TD
6015 ></TR
6016 ><TR
6017 ><TD
6018 ><TT
6019 CLASS="FILENAME"
6020 >doc</TT
6021 ></TD
6022 ><TD
6023 >Miscellaneous documentation (optional)</TD
6024 ></TR
6025 ><TR
6026 ><TD
6027 ><TT
6028 CLASS="FILENAME"
6029 >games</TT
6030 ></TD
6031 ><TD
6032 >Static data files for /usr/games (optional)</TD
6033 ></TR
6034 ><TR
6035 ><TD
6036 ><TT
6037 CLASS="FILENAME"
6038 >info</TT
6039 ></TD
6040 ><TD
6041 >GNU Info system s primary directory (optional)</TD
6042 ></TR
6043 ><TR
6044 ><TD
6045 ><TT
6046 CLASS="FILENAME"
6047 >locale</TT
6048 ></TD
6049 ><TD
6050 >Locale information (optional)</TD
6051 ></TR
6052 ><TR
6053 ><TD
6054 ><TT
6055 CLASS="FILENAME"
6056 >nls</TT
6057 ></TD
6058 ><TD
6059 >Message catalogs for Native language support (optional)</TD
6060 ></TR
6061 ><TR
6062 ><TD
6063 ><TT
6064 CLASS="FILENAME"
6065 >sgml</TT
6066 ></TD
6067 ><TD
6068 >SGML data (optional)</TD
6069 ></TR
6070 ><TR
6071 ><TD
6072 ><TT
6073 CLASS="FILENAME"
6074 >terminfo</TT
6075 ></TD
6076 ><TD
6077 >Directories for terminfo database (optional)</TD
6078 ></TR
6079 ><TR
6080 ><TD
6081 ><TT
6082 CLASS="FILENAME"
6083 >tmac</TT
6084 ></TD
6085 ><TD
6086 >troff macros not distributed with groff (optional)</TD
6087 ></TR
6088 ><TR
6089 ><TD
6090 ><TT
6091 CLASS="FILENAME"
6092 >xml</TT
6093 ></TD
6094 ><TD
6095 >XML data (optional)</TD
6096 ></TR
6097 ><TR
6098 ><TD
6099 ><TT
6100 CLASS="FILENAME"
6101 >zoneinfo</TT
6102 ></TD
6103 ><TD
6104 >Timezone information and configuration (optional)</TD
6105 ></TR
6106 ></TBODY
6107 ></TABLE
6109 ></P
6110 ></DIV
6112 >It is recommended that application-specific,
6113 architecture-independent directories be placed here. Such directories
6114 include <B
6115 CLASS="COMMAND"
6116 >groff</B
6117 >, <B
6118 CLASS="COMMAND"
6119 >perl</B
6122 CLASS="COMMAND"
6123 >ghostscript</B
6124 >, <B
6125 CLASS="COMMAND"
6126 >texmf</B
6127 >, and
6129 CLASS="COMMAND"
6130 >kbd</B
6131 > (Linux) or <B
6132 CLASS="COMMAND"
6133 >syscons</B
6135 (BSD). They may, however, be placed in <TT
6136 CLASS="FILENAME"
6137 >/usr/lib</TT
6139 for backwards compatibility, at the distributor's discretion.
6140 Similarly, a <TT
6141 CLASS="FILENAME"
6142 >/usr/lib/games</TT
6143 > hierarchy may be used
6144 in addition to the <TT
6145 CLASS="FILENAME"
6146 >/usr/share/games</TT
6147 > hierarchy if
6148 the distributor wishes to place some game data there.</P
6149 ></DIV
6150 ><DIV
6151 CLASS="SECTION"
6152 ><HR><H3
6153 CLASS="SECTION"
6155 NAME="USRSHAREDICTWORDLISTS"
6156 >/usr/share/dict : Word lists (optional)</A
6157 ></H3
6158 ><DIV
6159 CLASS="SECTION"
6160 ><H4
6161 CLASS="SECTION"
6163 NAME="PURPOSE27"
6164 >Purpose</A
6165 ></H4
6167 >This directory is the home for word lists on the system;
6168 Traditionally this directory contains only the English
6170 CLASS="FILENAME"
6171 >words</TT
6172 > file, which is used by
6174 CLASS="COMMAND"
6175 >look(1)</B
6176 > and various spelling programs.
6178 CLASS="FILENAME"
6179 >words</TT
6180 > may use either American or British
6181 spelling.</P
6182 ><DIV
6183 CLASS="TIP"
6185 ></P
6186 ><TABLE
6187 CLASS="TIP"
6188 WIDTH="100%"
6189 BORDER="0"
6190 ><TR
6191 ><TD
6192 WIDTH="25"
6193 ALIGN="CENTER"
6194 VALIGN="TOP"
6195 ><IMG
6196 SRC="tip.gif"
6197 HSPACE="5"
6198 ALT="Tip"></TD
6199 ><TH
6200 ALIGN="LEFT"
6201 VALIGN="CENTER"
6203 >Rationale</B
6204 ></TH
6205 ></TR
6206 ><TR
6207 ><TD
6208 >&nbsp;</TD
6209 ><TD
6210 ALIGN="LEFT"
6211 VALIGN="TOP"
6213 >The reason that only word lists are located here is that they
6214 are the only files common to all spell checkers.</P
6215 ></TD
6216 ></TR
6217 ></TABLE
6218 ></DIV
6219 ></DIV
6220 ><DIV
6221 CLASS="SECTION"
6222 ><HR><H4
6223 CLASS="SECTION"
6225 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS16"
6226 >Specific Options</A
6227 ></H4
6229 >The following files, or symbolic links to files, must be in
6231 CLASS="FILENAME"
6232 >/usr/share/dict</TT
6233 >, if the corresponding subsystem
6234 is installed:</P
6235 ><DIV
6236 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
6238 ></P
6240 NAME="AEN1668"
6241 ></A
6242 ><TABLE
6243 BORDER="0"
6244 FRAME="void"
6245 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
6246 ><COL><COL><THEAD
6247 ><TR
6248 ><TH
6249 ><TT
6250 CLASS="FILENAME"
6251 >File</TT
6252 ></TH
6253 ><TH
6254 >Description</TH
6255 ></TR
6256 ></THEAD
6257 ><TBODY
6258 ><TR
6259 ><TD
6260 ><TT
6261 CLASS="FILENAME"
6262 >words</TT
6263 ></TD
6264 ><TD
6265 >List of English words (optional)</TD
6266 ></TR
6267 ></TBODY
6268 ></TABLE
6270 ></P
6271 ></DIV
6273 >Sites that require both American and British spelling may link
6275 CLASS="FILENAME"
6276 >words</TT
6277 > to
6279 CLASS="FILENAME"
6280 >&shy;/usr/share/dict/american-english</TT
6281 > or
6283 CLASS="FILENAME"
6284 >&shy;/usr/share/dict/british-english</TT
6285 >.</P
6287 >Word lists for other languages may be added using the English
6288 name for that language, e.g.,
6290 CLASS="FILENAME"
6291 >/usr/share/dict/french</TT
6294 CLASS="FILENAME"
6295 >/usr/share/dict/danish</TT
6296 >, etc. These should, if
6297 possible, use an ISO 8859 character set which is appropriate for the
6298 language in question; if possible the Latin1 (ISO 8859-1) character
6299 set should be used (this is often not possible).</P
6301 >Other word lists must be included here, if present.</P
6302 ></DIV
6303 ></DIV
6304 ><DIV
6305 CLASS="SECTION"
6306 ><HR><H3
6307 CLASS="SECTION"
6309 NAME="USRSHAREMANMANUALPAGES"
6310 >/usr/share/man : Manual pages</A
6311 ></H3
6312 ><DIV
6313 CLASS="SECTION"
6314 ><H4
6315 CLASS="SECTION"
6317 NAME="PURPOSE28"
6318 >Purpose</A
6319 ></H4
6321 >This section details the organization for manual pages
6322 throughout the system, including <TT
6323 CLASS="FILENAME"
6324 >/usr/share/man</TT
6326 Also refer to the section on
6328 CLASS="FILENAME"
6329 >/var/cache/man</TT
6330 >.</P
6332 >The primary <TT
6333 CLASS="FILENAME"
6334 >&lt;mandir&gt;</TT
6335 > of the system is
6337 CLASS="FILENAME"
6338 >/usr/share/man</TT
6341 CLASS="FILENAME"
6342 >/usr/share/man</TT
6343 > contains manual information for
6344 commands and data under the <TT
6345 CLASS="FILENAME"
6346 >/</TT
6347 > and
6349 CLASS="FILENAME"
6350 >/usr</TT
6351 > filesystems.
6354 NAME="AEN1701"
6355 HREF="#FTN.AEN1701"
6356 ><SPAN
6357 CLASS="footnote"
6358 >[31]</SPAN
6359 ></A
6360 ></P
6362 >Manual pages are stored in
6364 CLASS="FILENAME"
6365 >&lt;mandir&gt;/&lt;locale&gt;/man&lt;section&gt;/&lt;arch&gt;</TT
6367 An explanation of <TT
6368 CLASS="FILENAME"
6369 >&lt;mandir&gt;</TT
6372 CLASS="FILENAME"
6373 >&lt;locale&gt;</TT
6376 CLASS="FILENAME"
6377 >&lt;section&gt;</TT
6378 >, and
6380 CLASS="FILENAME"
6381 >&lt;arch&gt;</TT
6382 > is given below.</P
6384 >A description of each section follows:</P
6386 ></P
6387 ><UL
6388 ><LI
6389 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
6391 ><TT
6392 CLASS="FILENAME"
6393 >man1</TT
6394 >: User programs
6395 Manual pages that describe publicly accessible commands are contained in
6396 this chapter. Most program documentation that a user will need to use
6397 is located here.</P
6398 ></LI
6399 ><LI
6400 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
6402 ><TT
6403 CLASS="FILENAME"
6404 >man2</TT
6405 >: System calls
6406 This section describes all of the system calls (requests for the
6407 kernel to perform operations).</P
6408 ></LI
6409 ><LI
6410 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
6412 ><TT
6413 CLASS="FILENAME"
6414 >man3</TT
6415 >: Library functions and subroutines
6416 Section 3 describes program library routines that are not direct calls
6417 to kernel services. This and chapter 2 are only really of interest to
6418 programmers.</P
6419 ></LI
6420 ><LI
6421 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
6423 ><TT
6424 CLASS="FILENAME"
6425 >man4</TT
6426 >: Special files
6427 Section 4 describes the special files, related driver functions, and
6428 networking support available in the system. Typically, this includes
6429 the device files found in <TT
6430 CLASS="FILENAME"
6431 >/dev</TT
6432 > and the kernel interface to
6433 networking protocol support.</P
6434 ></LI
6435 ><LI
6436 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
6438 ><TT
6439 CLASS="FILENAME"
6440 >man5</TT
6441 >: File formats
6442 The formats for many data files are documented in the
6443 section 5. This includes various include files, program output files,
6444 and system files.</P
6445 ></LI
6446 ><LI
6447 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
6449 ><TT
6450 CLASS="FILENAME"
6451 >man6</TT
6452 >: Games
6453 This chapter documents games, demos, and generally trivial programs.
6454 Different people have various notions about how essential this is.</P
6455 ></LI
6456 ><LI
6457 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
6459 ><TT
6460 CLASS="FILENAME"
6461 >man7</TT
6462 >: Miscellaneous
6463 Manual pages that are difficult to classify are designated as being
6464 section 7. The troff and other text processing macro packages are found
6465 here.</P
6466 ></LI
6467 ><LI
6468 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
6470 ><TT
6471 CLASS="FILENAME"
6472 >man8</TT
6473 >: System administration
6474 Programs used by system administrators for system operation and
6475 maintenance are documented here. Some of these programs are also
6476 occasionally useful for normal users.</P
6477 ></LI
6478 ></UL
6479 ></DIV
6480 ><DIV
6481 CLASS="SECTION"
6482 ><HR><H4
6483 CLASS="SECTION"
6485 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS17"
6486 >Specific Options</A
6487 ></H4
6489 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
6490 must be in
6492 CLASS="FILENAME"
6493 >/usr/share/&lt;mandir&gt;/&lt;locale&gt;</TT
6494 >, unless
6495 they are empty:
6498 NAME="AEN1741"
6499 HREF="#FTN.AEN1741"
6500 ><SPAN
6501 CLASS="footnote"
6502 >[32]</SPAN
6503 ></A
6504 ></P
6505 ><DIV
6506 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
6508 ></P
6510 NAME="AEN1745"
6511 ></A
6512 ><TABLE
6513 BORDER="0"
6514 FRAME="void"
6515 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
6516 ><COL><COL><THEAD
6517 ><TR
6518 ><TH
6519 >Directory</TH
6520 ><TH
6521 >Description</TH
6522 ></TR
6523 ></THEAD
6524 ><TBODY
6525 ><TR
6526 ><TD
6527 ><TT
6528 CLASS="FILENAME"
6529 >man1</TT
6530 ></TD
6531 ><TD
6532 >User programs (optional)</TD
6533 ></TR
6534 ><TR
6535 ><TD
6536 ><TT
6537 CLASS="FILENAME"
6538 >man2</TT
6539 ></TD
6540 ><TD
6541 >System calls (optional)</TD
6542 ></TR
6543 ><TR
6544 ><TD
6545 ><TT
6546 CLASS="FILENAME"
6547 >man3</TT
6548 ></TD
6549 ><TD
6550 >Library calls (optional)</TD
6551 ></TR
6552 ><TR
6553 ><TD
6554 ><TT
6555 CLASS="FILENAME"
6556 >man4</TT
6557 ></TD
6558 ><TD
6559 >Special files (optional)</TD
6560 ></TR
6561 ><TR
6562 ><TD
6563 ><TT
6564 CLASS="FILENAME"
6565 >man5</TT
6566 ></TD
6567 ><TD
6568 >File formats (optional)</TD
6569 ></TR
6570 ><TR
6571 ><TD
6572 ><TT
6573 CLASS="FILENAME"
6574 >man6</TT
6575 ></TD
6576 ><TD
6577 >Games (optional)</TD
6578 ></TR
6579 ><TR
6580 ><TD
6581 ><TT
6582 CLASS="FILENAME"
6583 >man7</TT
6584 ></TD
6585 ><TD
6586 >Miscellaneous (optional)</TD
6587 ></TR
6588 ><TR
6589 ><TD
6590 ><TT
6591 CLASS="FILENAME"
6592 >man8</TT
6593 ></TD
6594 ><TD
6595 >System administration (optional)</TD
6596 ></TR
6597 ></TBODY
6598 ></TABLE
6600 ></P
6601 ></DIV
6603 >The component <TT
6604 CLASS="FILENAME"
6605 >&lt;section&gt;</TT
6606 > describes the
6607 manual section.</P
6609 >Provisions must be made in the structure of
6611 CLASS="FILENAME"
6612 >/usr/share/man</TT
6613 > to support manual pages which are
6614 written in different (or multiple) languages. These provisions must
6615 take into account the storage and reference of these manual pages.
6616 Relevant factors include language (including geographical-based
6617 differences), and character code set.</P
6619 >This naming of language subdirectories of
6621 CLASS="FILENAME"
6622 >/usr/share/man</TT
6623 > is based on Appendix E of the
6624 POSIX 1003.1 standard which describes the locale identification string
6625 &mdash; the most well-accepted method to describe a cultural
6626 environment. The <TT
6627 CLASS="FILENAME"
6628 >&lt;locale&gt;</TT
6629 > string
6630 is:</P
6632 ><TT
6633 CLASS="FILENAME"
6634 >&lt;language&gt;[_&lt;territory&gt;][.&lt;character-set&gt;][,&lt;version&gt;]</TT
6635 ></P
6637 >The <TT
6638 CLASS="FILENAME"
6639 >&lt;language&gt;</TT
6640 > field must be taken
6641 from ISO 639 (a code for the representation of names of languages).
6642 It must be two characters wide and specified with lowercase letters
6643 only.</P
6645 >The <TT
6646 CLASS="FILENAME"
6647 >&lt;territory&gt;</TT
6648 > field must be the
6649 two-letter code of ISO 3166 (a specification of representations of
6650 countries), if possible. (Most people are familiar with the
6651 two-letter codes used for the country codes in email addresses.) It
6652 must be two characters wide and specified with uppercase letters
6653 only.
6655 NAME="AEN1797"
6656 HREF="#FTN.AEN1797"
6657 ><SPAN
6658 CLASS="footnote"
6659 >[33]</SPAN
6660 ></A
6661 ></P
6663 >The <TT
6664 CLASS="FILENAME"
6665 >&lt;character-set&gt;</TT
6666 > field must
6667 represent the standard describing the character set. If the
6669 CLASS="FILENAME"
6670 >&shy;&lt;character-set&gt;</TT
6671 > field is just a
6672 numeric specification, the number represents the number of the
6673 international standard describing the character set. It is
6674 recommended that this be a numeric representation if possible (ISO
6675 standards, especially), not include additional punctuation symbols,
6676 and that any letters be in lowercase.</P
6678 >A parameter specifying a <TT
6679 CLASS="FILENAME"
6680 >&lt;version&gt;</TT
6681 > of
6682 the profile may be placed after the
6684 CLASS="FILENAME"
6685 >&shy;&lt;character-set&gt;</TT
6686 > field, delimited by a
6687 comma. This may be used to discriminate between different cultural
6688 needs; for instance, dictionary order versus a more systems-oriented
6689 collating order. This standard recommends not using the
6691 CLASS="FILENAME"
6692 >&lt;version&gt;</TT
6693 > field, unless it is
6694 necessary.</P
6696 >Systems which use a unique language and code set for all manual
6697 pages may omit the <TT
6698 CLASS="FILENAME"
6699 >&lt;locale&gt;</TT
6700 > substring and
6701 store all manual pages in <TT
6702 CLASS="FILENAME"
6703 >&lt;mandir&gt;</TT
6704 >. For
6705 example, systems which only have English manual pages coded with
6706 ASCII, may store manual pages (the
6708 CLASS="FILENAME"
6709 >man&lt;section&gt;</TT
6710 > directories) directly in
6712 CLASS="FILENAME"
6713 >/usr/share/man</TT
6714 >. (That is the traditional
6715 circumstance and arrangement, in fact.)</P
6717 >Countries for which there is a well-accepted standard character
6718 code set may omit the <TT
6719 CLASS="FILENAME"
6720 >&shy;&lt;character-set&gt;</TT
6722 field, but it is strongly recommended that it be included, especially
6723 for countries with several competing standards.</P
6725 >Various examples:</P
6726 ><DIV
6727 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
6729 ></P
6731 NAME="AEN1814"
6732 ></A
6733 ><TABLE
6734 BORDER="0"
6735 FRAME="void"
6736 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
6737 ><COL
6738 WIDTH="1*"
6739 TITLE="C1"><COL
6740 WIDTH="1*"
6741 TITLE="C2"><COL
6742 WIDTH="1*"
6743 TITLE="C3"><COL
6744 WIDTH="1*"
6745 TITLE="C4"><THEAD
6746 ><TR
6747 ><TH
6748 ALIGN="LEFT"
6749 >Language</TH
6750 ><TH
6751 ALIGN="LEFT"
6752 >Territory</TH
6753 ><TH
6754 ALIGN="LEFT"
6755 >Character Set</TH
6756 ><TH
6757 ALIGN="LEFT"
6758 >Directory</TH
6759 ></TR
6760 ></THEAD
6761 ><TBODY
6762 ><TR
6763 ><TD
6764 ALIGN="LEFT"
6765 >English</TD
6766 ><TD
6767 ALIGN="LEFT"
6768 >&mdash;</TD
6769 ><TD
6770 ALIGN="LEFT"
6771 >ASCII</TD
6772 ><TD
6773 ALIGN="LEFT"
6774 >/usr/share/man/en</TD
6775 ></TR
6776 ><TR
6777 ><TD
6778 ALIGN="LEFT"
6779 >English</TD
6780 ><TD
6781 ALIGN="LEFT"
6782 >United Kingdom</TD
6783 ><TD
6784 ALIGN="LEFT"
6785 >ISO 8859-15</TD
6786 ><TD
6787 ALIGN="LEFT"
6788 >/usr/share/man/en_GB</TD
6789 ></TR
6790 ><TR
6791 ><TD
6792 ALIGN="LEFT"
6793 >English</TD
6794 ><TD
6795 ALIGN="LEFT"
6796 >United States</TD
6797 ><TD
6798 ALIGN="LEFT"
6799 >ASCII</TD
6800 ><TD
6801 ALIGN="LEFT"
6802 >/usr/share/man/en_US</TD
6803 ></TR
6804 ><TR
6805 ><TD
6806 ALIGN="LEFT"
6807 >French</TD
6808 ><TD
6809 ALIGN="LEFT"
6810 >Canada</TD
6811 ><TD
6812 ALIGN="LEFT"
6813 >ISO 8859-1</TD
6814 ><TD
6815 ALIGN="LEFT"
6816 >/usr/share/man/fr_CA</TD
6817 ></TR
6818 ><TR
6819 ><TD
6820 ALIGN="LEFT"
6821 >French</TD
6822 ><TD
6823 ALIGN="LEFT"
6824 >France</TD
6825 ><TD
6826 ALIGN="LEFT"
6827 >ISO 8859-1</TD
6828 ><TD
6829 ALIGN="LEFT"
6830 >/usr/share/man/fr_FR</TD
6831 ></TR
6832 ><TR
6833 ><TD
6834 ALIGN="LEFT"
6835 >German</TD
6836 ><TD
6837 ALIGN="LEFT"
6838 >Germany</TD
6839 ><TD
6840 ALIGN="LEFT"
6841 >ISO 646</TD
6842 ><TD
6843 ALIGN="LEFT"
6844 >/usr/share/man/de_DE.646</TD
6845 ></TR
6846 ><TR
6847 ><TD
6848 ALIGN="LEFT"
6849 >German</TD
6850 ><TD
6851 ALIGN="LEFT"
6852 >Germany</TD
6853 ><TD
6854 ALIGN="LEFT"
6855 >ISO 6937</TD
6856 ><TD
6857 ALIGN="LEFT"
6858 >/usr/share/man/de_DE.6937</TD
6859 ></TR
6860 ><TR
6861 ><TD
6862 ALIGN="LEFT"
6863 >German</TD
6864 ><TD
6865 ALIGN="LEFT"
6866 >Germany</TD
6867 ><TD
6868 ALIGN="LEFT"
6869 >ISO 8859-1</TD
6870 ><TD
6871 ALIGN="LEFT"
6872 >/usr/share/man/de_DE.88591</TD
6873 ></TR
6874 ><TR
6875 ><TD
6876 ALIGN="LEFT"
6877 >German</TD
6878 ><TD
6879 ALIGN="LEFT"
6880 >Switzerland</TD
6881 ><TD
6882 ALIGN="LEFT"
6883 >ISO 646</TD
6884 ><TD
6885 ALIGN="LEFT"
6886 >/usr/share/man/de_CH.646</TD
6887 ></TR
6888 ><TR
6889 ><TD
6890 ALIGN="LEFT"
6891 >Japanese</TD
6892 ><TD
6893 ALIGN="LEFT"
6894 >Japan</TD
6895 ><TD
6896 ALIGN="LEFT"
6897 >JIS</TD
6898 ><TD
6899 ALIGN="LEFT"
6900 >/usr/share/man/ja_JP.jis</TD
6901 ></TR
6902 ><TR
6903 ><TD
6904 ALIGN="LEFT"
6905 >Japanese</TD
6906 ><TD
6907 ALIGN="LEFT"
6908 >Japan</TD
6909 ><TD
6910 ALIGN="LEFT"
6911 >SJIS</TD
6912 ><TD
6913 ALIGN="LEFT"
6914 >/usr/share/man/ja_JP.sjis</TD
6915 ></TR
6916 ><TR
6917 ><TD
6918 ALIGN="LEFT"
6919 >Japanese</TD
6920 ><TD
6921 ALIGN="LEFT"
6922 >Japan</TD
6923 ><TD
6924 ALIGN="LEFT"
6925 >UJIS (or EUC-J)</TD
6926 ><TD
6927 ALIGN="LEFT"
6928 >/usr/share/man/ja_JP.ujis</TD
6929 ></TR
6930 ></TBODY
6931 ></TABLE
6933 ></P
6934 ></DIV
6936 >Similarly, provision must be made for manual pages which are
6937 architecture-dependent, such as documentation on device-drivers or
6938 low-level system administration commands. These must be placed under
6939 an <TT
6940 CLASS="FILENAME"
6941 >&lt;arch&gt;</TT
6942 > directory in the appropriate
6944 CLASS="FILENAME"
6945 >man&lt;section&gt;</TT
6946 > directory; for example, a man
6947 page for the i386 ctrlaltdel(8) command might be placed in
6949 CLASS="FILENAME"
6950 >/usr/share/man/&lt;locale&gt;/man8/i386/ctrlaltdel.8</TT
6951 >.</P
6953 >Manual pages for commands and data under
6955 CLASS="FILENAME"
6956 >/usr/local</TT
6957 > are stored in
6959 CLASS="FILENAME"
6960 >/usr/local/man</TT
6961 >. Manual pages for X11R6 are
6962 stored in <TT
6963 CLASS="FILENAME"
6964 >/usr/X11R6/man</TT
6965 >. It follows that all
6966 manual page hierarchies in the system must have the same structure as
6968 CLASS="FILENAME"
6969 >/usr/share/man</TT
6970 >.</P
6972 >The cat page sections (<TT
6973 CLASS="FILENAME"
6974 >cat&lt;section&gt;</TT
6976 containing formatted manual page entries are also found within
6977 subdirectories of <TT
6978 CLASS="FILENAME"
6979 >&lt;mandir&gt;/&lt;locale&gt;</TT
6981 but are not required nor may they be distributed in lieu of nroff
6982 source manual pages.</P
6984 >The numbered sections "1" through "8" are traditionally defined.
6985 In general, the file name for manual pages located within a particular
6986 section end with <TT
6987 CLASS="FILENAME"
6988 >.&lt;section&gt;</TT
6989 >.</P
6991 >In addition, some large sets of application-specific manual
6992 pages have an additional suffix appended to the manual page filename.
6993 For example, the MH mail handling system manual pages must have
6995 CLASS="FILENAME"
6996 >mh</TT
6997 > appended to all MH manuals. All X Window
6998 System manual pages must have an <TT
6999 CLASS="FILENAME"
7000 >x</TT
7001 > appended to
7002 the filename.</P
7004 >The practice of placing various language manual pages in
7005 appropriate subdirectories of <TT
7006 CLASS="FILENAME"
7007 >/usr/share/man</TT
7008 > also
7009 applies to the other manual page hierarchies, such as
7011 CLASS="FILENAME"
7012 >/usr/local/man</TT
7013 > and
7015 CLASS="FILENAME"
7016 >/usr/X11R6/man</TT
7017 >. (This portion of the standard
7018 also applies later in the section on the optional
7020 CLASS="FILENAME"
7021 >/var/cache/man</TT
7022 > structure.)</P
7023 ></DIV
7024 ></DIV
7025 ><DIV
7026 CLASS="SECTION"
7027 ><HR><H3
7028 CLASS="SECTION"
7030 NAME="USRSHAREMISCMISCELLANEOUSARCHITECTURE"
7031 >/usr/share/misc : Miscellaneous architecture-independent data</A
7032 ></H3
7034 >This directory contains miscellaneous architecture-independent
7035 files which don't require a separate subdirectory under
7037 CLASS="FILENAME"
7038 >/usr/share</TT
7039 >.</P
7040 ><DIV
7041 CLASS="SECTION"
7042 ><HR><H4
7043 CLASS="SECTION"
7045 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS18"
7046 >Specific Options</A
7047 ></H4
7049 >The following files, or symbolic links to files, must be in
7051 CLASS="FILENAME"
7052 >/usr/share/misc</TT
7053 >, if the corresponding subsystem
7054 is installed:</P
7055 ><DIV
7056 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
7058 ></P
7060 NAME="AEN1917"
7061 ></A
7062 ><TABLE
7063 BORDER="0"
7064 FRAME="void"
7065 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
7066 ><COL
7067 WIDTH="1*"
7068 TITLE="C1"><COL
7069 WIDTH="1*"
7070 TITLE="C2"><THEAD
7071 ><TR
7072 ><TH
7073 >File</TH
7074 ><TH
7075 >Description</TH
7076 ></TR
7077 ></THEAD
7078 ><TBODY
7079 ><TR
7080 ><TD
7081 ><TT
7082 CLASS="FILENAME"
7083 >ascii</TT
7084 ></TD
7085 ><TD
7086 >ASCII character set table (optional)</TD
7087 ></TR
7088 ><TR
7089 ><TD
7090 ><TT
7091 CLASS="FILENAME"
7092 >magic</TT
7093 ></TD
7094 ><TD
7095 >Default list of magic numbers for the file command (optional)</TD
7096 ></TR
7097 ><TR
7098 ><TD
7099 ><TT
7100 CLASS="FILENAME"
7101 >termcap</TT
7102 ></TD
7103 ><TD
7104 >Terminal capability database (optional)</TD
7105 ></TR
7106 ><TR
7107 ><TD
7108 ><TT
7109 CLASS="FILENAME"
7110 >termcap.db</TT
7111 ></TD
7112 ><TD
7113 >Terminal capability database (optional)</TD
7114 ></TR
7115 ></TBODY
7116 ></TABLE
7118 ></P
7119 ></DIV
7121 >Other (application-specific) files may appear here, but a distributor
7122 may place them in <TT
7123 CLASS="FILENAME"
7124 >/usr/lib</TT
7125 > at their discretion.
7127 NAME="AEN1944"
7128 HREF="#FTN.AEN1944"
7129 ><SPAN
7130 CLASS="footnote"
7131 >[34]</SPAN
7132 ></A
7133 ></P
7134 ></DIV
7135 ></DIV
7136 ><DIV
7137 CLASS="SECTION"
7138 ><HR><H3
7139 CLASS="SECTION"
7141 NAME="USRSHARESGMLSGMLANDXMLDATA"
7142 >/usr/share/sgml : SGML data (optional)</A
7143 ></H3
7144 ><DIV
7145 CLASS="SECTION"
7146 ><H4
7147 CLASS="SECTION"
7149 NAME="PURPOSE29"
7150 >Purpose</A
7151 ></H4
7153 ><TT
7154 CLASS="FILENAME"
7155 >/usr/share/sgml</TT
7156 > contains
7157 architecture-independent files used by SGML applications, such
7158 as ordinary catalogs (not the centralized ones, see
7160 CLASS="FILENAME"
7161 >/etc/sgml</TT
7162 >), DTDs, entities, or style
7163 sheets.</P
7164 ></DIV
7165 ><DIV
7166 CLASS="SECTION"
7167 ><HR><H4
7168 CLASS="SECTION"
7170 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS19"
7171 >Specific Options</A
7172 ></H4
7174 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
7175 must be in <TT
7176 CLASS="FILENAME"
7177 >/usr/share/sgml</TT
7178 >, if the corresponding
7179 subsystem is installed:</P
7180 ><DIV
7181 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
7183 ></P
7185 NAME="AEN1983"
7186 ></A
7187 ><TABLE
7188 BORDER="0"
7189 FRAME="void"
7190 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
7191 ><COL><COL><THEAD
7192 ><TR
7193 ><TH
7194 >Directory</TH
7195 ><TH
7196 >Description</TH
7197 ></TR
7198 ></THEAD
7199 ><TBODY
7200 ><TR
7201 ><TD
7202 ><TT
7203 CLASS="FILENAME"
7204 >docbook</TT
7205 ></TD
7206 ><TD
7207 >docbook DTD (optional)</TD
7208 ></TR
7209 ><TR
7210 ><TD
7211 ><TT
7212 CLASS="FILENAME"
7213 >tei</TT
7214 ></TD
7215 ><TD
7216 >tei DTD (optional)</TD
7217 ></TR
7218 ><TR
7219 ><TD
7220 ><TT
7221 CLASS="FILENAME"
7222 >html</TT
7223 ></TD
7224 ><TD
7225 >html DTD (optional)</TD
7226 ></TR
7227 ><TR
7228 ><TD
7229 ><TT
7230 CLASS="FILENAME"
7231 >mathml</TT
7232 ></TD
7233 ><TD
7234 >mathml DTD (optional)</TD
7235 ></TR
7236 ></TBODY
7237 ></TABLE
7239 ></P
7240 ></DIV
7242 >Other files that are not specific to a given DTD may reside in
7243 their own subdirectory.</P
7244 ></DIV
7245 ></DIV
7246 ><DIV
7247 CLASS="SECTION"
7248 ><HR><H3
7249 CLASS="SECTION"
7251 NAME="AEN2007"
7252 >/usr/share/xml : XML data (optional)</A
7253 ></H3
7254 ><DIV
7255 CLASS="SECTION"
7256 ><H4
7257 CLASS="SECTION"
7259 NAME="AEN2009"
7260 >Purpose</A
7261 ></H4
7263 ><TT
7264 CLASS="FILENAME"
7265 >/usr/share/xml</TT
7266 > contains
7267 architecture-independent files used by XML applications, such
7268 as ordinary catalogs (not the centralized ones, see
7270 CLASS="FILENAME"
7271 >/etc/sgml</TT
7272 >), DTDs, entities, or style
7273 sheets.</P
7274 ></DIV
7275 ><DIV
7276 CLASS="SECTION"
7277 ><HR><H4
7278 CLASS="SECTION"
7280 NAME="AEN2014"
7281 >Specific Options</A
7282 ></H4
7284 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
7285 must be in <TT
7286 CLASS="FILENAME"
7287 >/usr/share/xml</TT
7288 >, if the corresponding
7289 subsystem is installed:</P
7290 ><DIV
7291 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
7293 ></P
7295 NAME="AEN2018"
7296 ></A
7297 ><TABLE
7298 BORDER="0"
7299 FRAME="void"
7300 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
7301 ><COL><COL><THEAD
7302 ><TR
7303 ><TH
7304 >Directory</TH
7305 ><TH
7306 >Description</TH
7307 ></TR
7308 ></THEAD
7309 ><TBODY
7310 ><TR
7311 ><TD
7312 ><TT
7313 CLASS="FILENAME"
7314 >docbook</TT
7315 ></TD
7316 ><TD
7317 >docbook XML DTD (optional)</TD
7318 ></TR
7319 ><TR
7320 ><TD
7321 ><TT
7322 CLASS="FILENAME"
7323 >xhtml</TT
7324 ></TD
7325 ><TD
7326 >XHTML DTD (optional)</TD
7327 ></TR
7328 ><TR
7329 ><TD
7330 ><TT
7331 CLASS="FILENAME"
7332 >mathml</TT
7333 ></TD
7334 ><TD
7335 >MathML DTD (optional)</TD
7336 ></TR
7337 ></TBODY
7338 ></TABLE
7340 ></P
7341 ></DIV
7342 ></DIV
7343 ></DIV
7344 ></DIV
7345 ><DIV
7346 CLASS="SECTION"
7347 ><HR><H2
7348 CLASS="SECTION"
7350 NAME="USRSRCSOURCECODE"
7351 >/usr/src : Source code (optional)</A
7352 ></H2
7353 ><DIV
7354 CLASS="SECTION"
7355 ><H3
7356 CLASS="SECTION"
7358 NAME="PURPOSE30"
7359 >Purpose</A
7360 ></H3
7362 >Source code may be place placed in this
7363 subdirectory, only for reference purposes.
7366 NAME="AEN2042"
7367 HREF="#FTN.AEN2042"
7368 ><SPAN
7369 CLASS="footnote"
7370 >[35]</SPAN
7371 ></A
7372 ></P
7373 ></DIV
7374 ></DIV
7375 ></DIV
7376 ><DIV
7377 CLASS="CHAPTER"
7378 ><HR><H1
7380 NAME="THEVARHIERARCHY"
7381 ></A
7382 >Chapter 5. The /var Hierarchy</H1
7383 ><DIV
7384 CLASS="SECTION"
7385 ><H2
7386 CLASS="SECTION"
7388 NAME="PURPOSE31"
7389 >Purpose</A
7390 ></H2
7392 ><TT
7393 CLASS="FILENAME"
7394 >/var</TT
7395 > contains variable data files. This
7396 includes spool directories and files, administrative and logging data,
7397 and transient and temporary files.</P
7399 >Some portions of <TT
7400 CLASS="FILENAME"
7401 >/var</TT
7402 > are not shareable
7403 between different systems. For instance,
7405 CLASS="FILENAME"
7406 >/var/log</TT
7407 >, <TT
7408 CLASS="FILENAME"
7409 >/var/lock</TT
7410 >, and
7412 CLASS="FILENAME"
7413 >/var/run</TT
7414 >. Other portions may be shared, notably
7416 CLASS="FILENAME"
7417 >/var/mail</TT
7418 >, <TT
7419 CLASS="FILENAME"
7420 >/var/cache/man</TT
7423 CLASS="FILENAME"
7424 >/var/cache/fonts</TT
7425 >, and
7427 CLASS="FILENAME"
7428 >/var/spool/news</TT
7429 >.</P
7431 ><TT
7432 CLASS="FILENAME"
7433 >/var</TT
7434 > is specified here in order to make it
7435 possible to mount <TT
7436 CLASS="FILENAME"
7437 >/usr</TT
7438 > read-only. Everything
7439 that once went into <TT
7440 CLASS="FILENAME"
7441 >/usr</TT
7442 > that is written to
7443 during system operation (as opposed to installation and software
7444 maintenance) must be in <TT
7445 CLASS="FILENAME"
7446 >/var</TT
7447 >.</P
7449 >If <TT
7450 CLASS="FILENAME"
7451 >/var</TT
7452 > cannot be made a separate
7453 partition, it is often preferable to move <TT
7454 CLASS="FILENAME"
7455 >/var</TT
7457 out of the root partition and into the <TT
7458 CLASS="FILENAME"
7459 >/usr</TT
7461 partition. (This is sometimes done to reduce the size of the root
7462 partition or when space runs low in the root partition.) However,
7464 CLASS="FILENAME"
7465 >/var</TT
7466 > must not be linked to
7468 CLASS="FILENAME"
7469 >/usr</TT
7470 > because this makes separation of
7472 CLASS="FILENAME"
7473 >/usr</TT
7474 > and <TT
7475 CLASS="FILENAME"
7476 >/var</TT
7477 > more difficult
7478 and is likely to create a naming conflict. Instead, link
7480 CLASS="FILENAME"
7481 >/var</TT
7482 > to <TT
7483 CLASS="FILENAME"
7484 >/usr/var</TT
7485 >.</P
7487 >Applications must generally not add directories to the top level
7488 of <TT
7489 CLASS="FILENAME"
7490 >/var</TT
7491 >. Such directories should only be added
7492 if they have some system-wide implication, and in consultation with
7493 the FHS mailing list.</P
7494 ></DIV
7495 ><DIV
7496 CLASS="SECTION"
7497 ><HR><H2
7498 CLASS="SECTION"
7500 NAME="REQUIREMENTS12"
7501 >Requirements</A
7502 ></H2
7504 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, are
7505 required in <TT
7506 CLASS="FILENAME"
7507 >/var</TT
7508 >.</P
7509 ><DIV
7510 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
7512 ></P
7514 NAME="AEN2080"
7515 ></A
7516 ><TABLE
7517 BORDER="0"
7518 FRAME="void"
7519 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
7520 ><COL><COL><THEAD
7521 ><TR
7522 ><TH
7523 >Directory</TH
7524 ><TH
7525 >Description</TH
7526 ></TR
7527 ></THEAD
7528 ><TBODY
7529 ><TR
7530 ><TD
7531 ><TT
7532 CLASS="FILENAME"
7533 >cache</TT
7534 ></TD
7535 ><TD
7536 >Application cache data</TD
7537 ></TR
7538 ><TR
7539 ><TD
7540 ><TT
7541 CLASS="FILENAME"
7542 >lib</TT
7543 ></TD
7544 ><TD
7545 >Variable state information</TD
7546 ></TR
7547 ><TR
7548 ><TD
7549 ><TT
7550 CLASS="FILENAME"
7551 >local</TT
7552 ></TD
7553 ><TD
7554 >Variable data for /usr/local</TD
7555 ></TR
7556 ><TR
7557 ><TD
7558 ><TT
7559 CLASS="FILENAME"
7560 >lock</TT
7561 ></TD
7562 ><TD
7563 >Lock files</TD
7564 ></TR
7565 ><TR
7566 ><TD
7567 ><TT
7568 CLASS="FILENAME"
7569 >log</TT
7570 ></TD
7571 ><TD
7572 >Log files and directories</TD
7573 ></TR
7574 ><TR
7575 ><TD
7576 ><TT
7577 CLASS="FILENAME"
7578 >opt</TT
7579 ></TD
7580 ><TD
7581 >Variable data for /opt</TD
7582 ></TR
7583 ><TR
7584 ><TD
7585 ><TT
7586 CLASS="FILENAME"
7587 >run</TT
7588 ></TD
7589 ><TD
7590 >Data relevant to running processes</TD
7591 ></TR
7592 ><TR
7593 ><TD
7594 ><TT
7595 CLASS="FILENAME"
7596 >spool</TT
7597 ></TD
7598 ><TD
7599 >Application spool data</TD
7600 ></TR
7601 ><TR
7602 ><TD
7603 ><TT
7604 CLASS="FILENAME"
7605 >tmp</TT
7606 ></TD
7607 ><TD
7608 >Temporary files preserved between system reboots</TD
7609 ></TR
7610 ></TBODY
7611 ></TABLE
7613 ></P
7614 ></DIV
7616 >Several directories are `reserved' in the sense that they must
7617 not be used arbitrarily by some new application, since they would
7618 conflict with historical and/or local practice. They are:</P
7619 ><TABLE
7620 BORDER="0"
7621 BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
7622 WIDTH="100%"
7623 ><TR
7624 ><TD
7625 ><PRE
7626 CLASS="SCREEN"
7627 > /var/backups
7628 /var/cron
7629 /var/msgs
7630 /var/preserve</PRE
7631 ></TD
7632 ></TR
7633 ></TABLE
7634 ></DIV
7635 ><DIV
7636 CLASS="SECTION"
7637 ><HR><H2
7638 CLASS="SECTION"
7640 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS20"
7641 >Specific Options</A
7642 ></H2
7644 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
7645 must be in <TT
7646 CLASS="FILENAME"
7647 >/var</TT
7648 >, if the corresponding subsystem
7649 is installed:</P
7650 ><DIV
7651 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
7653 ></P
7655 NAME="AEN2129"
7656 ></A
7657 ><TABLE
7658 BORDER="0"
7659 FRAME="void"
7660 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
7661 ><COL><COL><THEAD
7662 ><TR
7663 ><TH
7664 >Directory</TH
7665 ><TH
7666 >Description</TH
7667 ></TR
7668 ></THEAD
7669 ><TBODY
7670 ><TR
7671 ><TD
7672 ><TT
7673 CLASS="FILENAME"
7674 >account</TT
7675 ></TD
7676 ><TD
7677 >Process accounting logs (optional)</TD
7678 ></TR
7679 ><TR
7680 ><TD
7681 ><TT
7682 CLASS="FILENAME"
7683 >crash</TT
7684 ></TD
7685 ><TD
7686 >System crash dumps (optional)</TD
7687 ></TR
7688 ><TR
7689 ><TD
7690 ><TT
7691 CLASS="FILENAME"
7692 >games</TT
7693 ></TD
7694 ><TD
7695 >Variable game data (optional)</TD
7696 ></TR
7697 ><TR
7698 ><TD
7699 ><TT
7700 CLASS="FILENAME"
7701 >mail</TT
7702 ></TD
7703 ><TD
7704 >User mailbox files (optional)</TD
7705 ></TR
7706 ><TR
7707 ><TD
7708 ><TT
7709 CLASS="FILENAME"
7710 >yp</TT
7711 ></TD
7712 ><TD
7713 >Network Information Service (NIS) database files (optional)
7714 </TD
7715 ></TR
7716 ></TBODY
7717 ></TABLE
7719 ></P
7720 ></DIV
7721 ></DIV
7722 ><DIV
7723 CLASS="SECTION"
7724 ><HR><H2
7725 CLASS="SECTION"
7727 NAME="VARACCOUNTPROCESSACCOUNTINGLOGS"
7728 >/var/account : Process accounting logs (optional)</A
7729 ></H2
7730 ><DIV
7731 CLASS="SECTION"
7732 ><H3
7733 CLASS="SECTION"
7735 NAME="PURPOSE32"
7736 >Purpose</A
7737 ></H3
7739 >This directory holds the current active process accounting log
7740 and the composite process usage data (as used in some UNIX-like
7741 systems by <B
7742 CLASS="COMMAND"
7743 >lastcomm</B
7744 > and
7746 CLASS="COMMAND"
7747 >sa</B
7748 >).</P
7749 ></DIV
7750 ></DIV
7751 ><DIV
7752 CLASS="SECTION"
7753 ><HR><H2
7754 CLASS="SECTION"
7756 NAME="VARCACHEAPPLICATIONCACHEDATA"
7757 >/var/cache : Application cache data</A
7758 ></H2
7759 ><DIV
7760 CLASS="SECTION"
7761 ><H3
7762 CLASS="SECTION"
7764 NAME="PURPOSE33"
7765 >Purpose</A
7766 ></H3
7768 ><TT
7769 CLASS="FILENAME"
7770 >/var/cache</TT
7771 > is intended for cached data from
7772 applications. Such data is locally generated as a result of
7773 time-consuming I/O or calculation. The application must be able to
7774 regenerate or restore the data. Unlike
7776 CLASS="FILENAME"
7777 >/var/spool</TT
7778 >, the cached files can be deleted
7779 without data loss. The data must remain valid between invocations of
7780 the application and rebooting the system.</P
7782 >Files located under <TT
7783 CLASS="FILENAME"
7784 >/var/cache</TT
7785 > may be
7786 expired in an application specific manner, by the system
7787 administrator, or both. The application must always be able to
7788 recover from manual deletion of these files (generally because of a
7789 disk space shortage). No other requirements are made on the data
7790 format of the cache directories.</P
7791 ><DIV
7792 CLASS="TIP"
7794 ></P
7795 ><TABLE
7796 CLASS="TIP"
7797 WIDTH="100%"
7798 BORDER="0"
7799 ><TR
7800 ><TD
7801 WIDTH="25"
7802 ALIGN="CENTER"
7803 VALIGN="TOP"
7804 ><IMG
7805 SRC="tip.gif"
7806 HSPACE="5"
7807 ALT="Tip"></TD
7808 ><TH
7809 ALIGN="LEFT"
7810 VALIGN="CENTER"
7812 >Rationale</B
7813 ></TH
7814 ></TR
7815 ><TR
7816 ><TD
7817 >&nbsp;</TD
7818 ><TD
7819 ALIGN="LEFT"
7820 VALIGN="TOP"
7822 >The existence of a separate directory for cached data allows
7823 system administrators to set different disk and backup policies from
7824 other directories in <TT
7825 CLASS="FILENAME"
7826 >/var</TT
7827 >.&#13;</P
7828 ></TD
7829 ></TR
7830 ></TABLE
7831 ></DIV
7832 ></DIV
7833 ><DIV
7834 CLASS="SECTION"
7835 ><HR><H3
7836 CLASS="SECTION"
7838 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS21"
7839 >Specific Options</A
7840 ></H3
7841 ><DIV
7842 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
7844 ></P
7846 NAME="AEN2178"
7847 ></A
7848 ><TABLE
7849 BORDER="0"
7850 FRAME="void"
7851 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
7852 ><COL><COL><THEAD
7853 ><TR
7854 ><TH
7855 >Directory</TH
7856 ><TH
7857 >Description</TH
7858 ></TR
7859 ></THEAD
7860 ><TBODY
7861 ><TR
7862 ><TD
7863 ><TT
7864 CLASS="FILENAME"
7865 >fonts</TT
7866 ></TD
7867 ><TD
7868 >Locally-generated fonts (optional)</TD
7869 ></TR
7870 ><TR
7871 ><TD
7872 ><TT
7873 CLASS="FILENAME"
7874 >man</TT
7875 ></TD
7876 ><TD
7877 >Locally-formatted manual pages (optional)</TD
7878 ></TR
7879 ><TR
7880 ><TD
7881 ><TT
7882 CLASS="FILENAME"
7883 >www</TT
7884 ></TD
7885 ><TD
7886 >WWW proxy or cache data (optional)</TD
7887 ></TR
7888 ><TR
7889 ><TD
7890 ><TT
7891 CLASS="FILENAME"
7892 >&lt;package&gt;</TT
7893 ></TD
7894 ><TD
7895 >Package specific cache data (optional)</TD
7896 ></TR
7897 ></TBODY
7898 ></TABLE
7900 ></P
7901 ></DIV
7902 ></DIV
7903 ><DIV
7904 CLASS="SECTION"
7905 ><HR><H3
7906 CLASS="SECTION"
7908 NAME="VARCACHEFONTSLOCALLYGENERATEDFONTS"
7909 >/var/cache/fonts : Locally-generated fonts (optional)</A
7910 ></H3
7911 ><DIV
7912 CLASS="SECTION"
7913 ><H4
7914 CLASS="SECTION"
7916 NAME="PURPOSE34"
7917 >Purpose</A
7918 ></H4
7920 >The directory <TT
7921 CLASS="FILENAME"
7922 >/var/cache/fonts</TT
7923 > should be used to store any
7924 dynamically-created fonts. In particular, all of the fonts which are
7925 automatically generated by <B
7926 CLASS="COMMAND"
7927 >mktexpk</B
7928 > must be located in
7929 appropriately-named subdirectories of <TT
7930 CLASS="FILENAME"
7931 >/var/cache/fonts</TT
7935 NAME="AEN2209"
7936 HREF="#FTN.AEN2209"
7937 ><SPAN
7938 CLASS="footnote"
7939 >[36]</SPAN
7940 ></A
7941 ></P
7942 ></DIV
7943 ><DIV
7944 CLASS="SECTION"
7945 ><HR><H4
7946 CLASS="SECTION"
7948 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS22"
7949 >Specific Options</A
7950 ></H4
7952 >Other dynamically created fonts may also be placed in this tree,
7953 under appropriately-named subdirectories of
7955 CLASS="FILENAME"
7956 >/var/cache/fonts</TT
7957 >.</P
7958 ></DIV
7959 ></DIV
7960 ><DIV
7961 CLASS="SECTION"
7962 ><HR><H3
7963 CLASS="SECTION"
7965 NAME="VARCACHEMANLOCALLYFORMATTEDMANUALPAG"
7966 >/var/cache/man : Locally-formatted manual pages (optional)</A
7967 ></H3
7968 ><DIV
7969 CLASS="SECTION"
7970 ><H4
7971 CLASS="SECTION"
7973 NAME="PURPOSE35"
7974 >Purpose</A
7975 ></H4
7977 >This directory provides a standard location for sites that provide a
7978 read-only <TT
7979 CLASS="FILENAME"
7980 >/usr</TT
7981 > partition, but wish to allow caching of
7982 locally-formatted man pages. Sites that mount <TT
7983 CLASS="FILENAME"
7984 >/usr</TT
7985 > as writable
7986 (e.g., single-user installations) may choose not to use
7988 CLASS="FILENAME"
7989 >/var/cache/man</TT
7990 > and may write formatted man pages into the
7992 CLASS="FILENAME"
7993 >cat&lt;section&gt;</TT
7994 > directories in <TT
7995 CLASS="FILENAME"
7996 >/usr/share/man</TT
7997 > directly. We
7998 recommend that most sites use one of the following options instead:</P
8000 ></P
8001 ><UL
8002 ><LI
8003 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
8005 >Preformat all manual pages alongside the unformatted versions.</P
8006 ></LI
8007 ><LI
8008 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
8010 >Allow no caching of formatted man pages, and require formatting to be
8011 done each time a man page is brought up.</P
8012 ></LI
8013 ><LI
8014 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
8016 >Allow local caching of formatted man pages in <TT
8017 CLASS="FILENAME"
8018 >/var/cache/man</TT
8019 >.</P
8020 ></LI
8021 ></UL
8023 >The structure of <TT
8024 CLASS="FILENAME"
8025 >/var/cache/man</TT
8026 > needs to
8027 reflect both the fact of multiple man page hierarchies and the
8028 possibility of multiple language support.</P
8030 >Given an unformatted manual page that normally appears in
8032 CLASS="FILENAME"
8033 >&lt;path&gt;/man/&lt;locale&gt;/man&lt;section&gt;</TT
8035 the directory to place formatted man pages in is
8037 CLASS="FILENAME"
8038 >/var/cache/man/&lt;catpath&gt;/&lt;locale&gt;/cat&lt;section&gt;</TT
8040 where <TT
8041 CLASS="FILENAME"
8042 >&lt;catpath&gt;</TT
8043 > is derived from
8045 CLASS="FILENAME"
8046 >&lt;path&gt;</TT
8047 > by removing any leading
8049 CLASS="FILENAME"
8050 >usr</TT
8051 > and/or trailing <TT
8052 CLASS="FILENAME"
8053 >share</TT
8055 pathname components. (Note that the
8057 CLASS="FILENAME"
8058 >&lt;locale&gt;</TT
8059 > component may be missing.)
8062 NAME="AEN2244"
8063 HREF="#FTN.AEN2244"
8064 ><SPAN
8065 CLASS="footnote"
8066 >[37]</SPAN
8067 ></A
8068 ></P
8070 >Man pages written to <TT
8071 CLASS="FILENAME"
8072 >/var/cache/man</TT
8073 > may
8074 eventually be transferred to the appropriate preformatted directories
8075 in the source <TT
8076 CLASS="FILENAME"
8077 >man</TT
8078 > hierarchy or expired; likewise
8079 formatted man pages in the source <TT
8080 CLASS="FILENAME"
8081 >man</TT
8082 > hierarchy
8083 may be expired if they are not accessed for a period of time.</P
8085 >If preformatted manual pages come with a system on read-only
8086 media (a CD-ROM, for instance), they must be installed in the source
8088 CLASS="FILENAME"
8089 >man</TT
8090 > hierarchy
8091 (e.g. <TT
8092 CLASS="FILENAME"
8093 >/usr/share/man/cat&lt;section&gt;</TT
8096 CLASS="FILENAME"
8097 >/var/cache/man</TT
8098 > is reserved as a writable cache
8099 for formatted manual pages.</P
8100 ><DIV
8101 CLASS="TIP"
8103 ></P
8104 ><TABLE
8105 CLASS="TIP"
8106 WIDTH="100%"
8107 BORDER="0"
8108 ><TR
8109 ><TD
8110 WIDTH="25"
8111 ALIGN="CENTER"
8112 VALIGN="TOP"
8113 ><IMG
8114 SRC="tip.gif"
8115 HSPACE="5"
8116 ALT="Tip"></TD
8117 ><TH
8118 ALIGN="LEFT"
8119 VALIGN="CENTER"
8121 >Rationale</B
8122 ></TH
8123 ></TR
8124 ><TR
8125 ><TD
8126 >&nbsp;</TD
8127 ><TD
8128 ALIGN="LEFT"
8129 VALIGN="TOP"
8131 >Release 1.2 of the standard specified
8133 CLASS="FILENAME"
8134 >/var/catman</TT
8135 > for this hierarchy. The path has
8136 been moved under <TT
8137 CLASS="FILENAME"
8138 >/var/cache</TT
8139 > to better reflect the
8140 dynamic nature of the formatted man pages. The directory name has
8141 been changed to <TT
8142 CLASS="FILENAME"
8143 >man</TT
8144 > to allow for enhancing the
8145 hierarchy to include post-processed formats other than "cat", such as
8146 PostScript, HTML, or DVI.&#13;</P
8147 ></TD
8148 ></TR
8149 ></TABLE
8150 ></DIV
8151 ></DIV
8152 ></DIV
8153 ></DIV
8154 ><DIV
8155 CLASS="SECTION"
8156 ><HR><H2
8157 CLASS="SECTION"
8159 NAME="VARCRASHSYSTEMCRASHDUMPS"
8160 >/var/crash : System crash dumps (optional)</A
8161 ></H2
8162 ><DIV
8163 CLASS="SECTION"
8164 ><H3
8165 CLASS="SECTION"
8167 NAME="PURPOSE36"
8168 >Purpose</A
8169 ></H3
8171 >This directory holds system crash dumps. As of the date of this
8172 release of the standard, system crash dumps were not supported under
8173 Linux but may be supported by other systems which may comply with the
8174 FHS.</P
8175 ></DIV
8176 ></DIV
8177 ><DIV
8178 CLASS="SECTION"
8179 ><HR><H2
8180 CLASS="SECTION"
8182 NAME="VARGAMESVARIABLEGAMEDATA"
8183 >/var/games : Variable game data (optional)</A
8184 ></H2
8185 ><DIV
8186 CLASS="SECTION"
8187 ><H3
8188 CLASS="SECTION"
8190 NAME="PURPOSE37"
8191 >Purpose</A
8192 ></H3
8194 >Any variable data relating to games in <TT
8195 CLASS="FILENAME"
8196 >/usr</TT
8198 should be placed here. <TT
8199 CLASS="FILENAME"
8200 >/var/games</TT
8201 > should hold
8202 the variable data previously found in <TT
8203 CLASS="FILENAME"
8204 >/usr</TT
8206 static data, such as help text, level descriptions, and so on, must
8207 remain elsewhere, such as
8209 CLASS="FILENAME"
8210 >/usr/share/games</TT
8211 >.</P
8212 ><DIV
8213 CLASS="TIP"
8215 ></P
8216 ><TABLE
8217 CLASS="TIP"
8218 WIDTH="100%"
8219 BORDER="0"
8220 ><TR
8221 ><TD
8222 WIDTH="25"
8223 ALIGN="CENTER"
8224 VALIGN="TOP"
8225 ><IMG
8226 SRC="tip.gif"
8227 HSPACE="5"
8228 ALT="Tip"></TD
8229 ><TH
8230 ALIGN="LEFT"
8231 VALIGN="CENTER"
8233 >Rationale</B
8234 ></TH
8235 ></TR
8236 ><TR
8237 ><TD
8238 >&nbsp;</TD
8239 ><TD
8240 ALIGN="LEFT"
8241 VALIGN="TOP"
8243 ><TT
8244 CLASS="FILENAME"
8245 >/var/games</TT
8246 > has been given a hierarchy of
8247 its own, rather than leaving it merged in with the old
8249 CLASS="FILENAME"
8250 >/var/lib</TT
8251 > as in release 1.2. The separation
8252 allows local control of backup strategies, permissions, and disk
8253 usage, as well as allowing inter-host sharing and reducing clutter in
8255 CLASS="FILENAME"
8256 >/var/lib</TT
8257 >. Additionally,
8259 CLASS="FILENAME"
8260 >/var/games</TT
8261 > is the path traditionally used by BSD.&#13;</P
8262 ></TD
8263 ></TR
8264 ></TABLE
8265 ></DIV
8266 ></DIV
8267 ></DIV
8268 ><DIV
8269 CLASS="SECTION"
8270 ><HR><H2
8271 CLASS="SECTION"
8273 NAME="VARLIBVARIABLESTATEINFORMATION"
8274 >/var/lib : Variable state information</A
8275 ></H2
8276 ><DIV
8277 CLASS="SECTION"
8278 ><H3
8279 CLASS="SECTION"
8281 NAME="PURPOSE38"
8282 >Purpose</A
8283 ></H3
8285 >This hierarchy holds state information pertaining to an
8286 application or the system. State information is data that programs
8287 modify while they run, and that pertains to one specific host. Users
8288 must never need to modify files in <TT
8289 CLASS="FILENAME"
8290 >/var/lib</TT
8291 > to
8292 configure a package's operation.</P
8294 >State information is generally used to preserve the condition of
8295 an application (or a group of inter-related applications) between
8296 invocations and between different instances of the same application.
8297 State information should generally remain valid after a reboot, should
8298 not be logging output, and should not be spooled data.</P
8300 >An application (or a group of inter-related applications) must
8301 use a subdirectory of <TT
8302 CLASS="FILENAME"
8303 >/var/lib</TT
8304 > for its data.
8305 There is one required subdirectory,
8307 CLASS="FILENAME"
8308 >/var/lib/misc</TT
8309 >, which is intended for state files
8310 that don't need a subdirectory; the other subdirectories should only
8311 be present if the application in question is included in the
8312 distribution.
8315 NAME="AEN2295"
8316 HREF="#FTN.AEN2295"
8317 ><SPAN
8318 CLASS="footnote"
8319 >[38]</SPAN
8320 ></A
8321 ></P
8323 ><TT
8324 CLASS="FILENAME"
8325 >/var/lib/&lt;name&gt;</TT
8326 > is the location that
8327 must be used for all distribution packaging support. Different
8328 distributions may use different names, of course.</P
8329 ></DIV
8330 ><DIV
8331 CLASS="SECTION"
8332 ><HR><H3
8333 CLASS="SECTION"
8335 NAME="REQUIREMENTS13"
8336 >Requirements</A
8337 ></H3
8339 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, are
8340 required in <TT
8341 CLASS="FILENAME"
8342 >/var/lib</TT
8343 >:</P
8344 ><DIV
8345 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
8347 ></P
8349 NAME="AEN2305"
8350 ></A
8351 ><TABLE
8352 BORDER="0"
8353 FRAME="void"
8354 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
8355 ><COL><COL><THEAD
8356 ><TR
8357 ><TH
8358 >Directory</TH
8359 ><TH
8360 >Description</TH
8361 ></TR
8362 ></THEAD
8363 ><TBODY
8364 ><TR
8365 ><TD
8366 ><TT
8367 CLASS="FILENAME"
8368 >misc</TT
8369 ></TD
8370 ><TD
8371 >Miscellaneous state data</TD
8372 ></TR
8373 ></TBODY
8374 ></TABLE
8376 ></P
8377 ></DIV
8378 ></DIV
8379 ><DIV
8380 CLASS="SECTION"
8381 ><HR><H3
8382 CLASS="SECTION"
8384 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS23"
8385 >Specific Options</A
8386 ></H3
8388 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, must be in <TT
8389 CLASS="FILENAME"
8390 >/var/lib</TT
8391 >, if the
8392 corresponding subsystem is installed:</P
8393 ><DIV
8394 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
8396 ></P
8398 NAME="AEN2320"
8399 ></A
8400 ><TABLE
8401 BORDER="0"
8402 FRAME="void"
8403 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
8404 ><COL><COL><THEAD
8405 ><TR
8406 ><TH
8407 >Directory</TH
8408 ><TH
8409 >Description</TH
8410 ></TR
8411 ></THEAD
8412 ><TBODY
8413 ><TR
8414 ><TD
8415 >&lt;editor&gt;</TD
8416 ><TD
8417 >Editor backup files and state (optional)</TD
8418 ></TR
8419 ><TR
8420 ><TD
8421 >&lt;pkgtool&gt;</TD
8422 ><TD
8423 >Packaging support files (optional)</TD
8424 ></TR
8425 ><TR
8426 ><TD
8427 >&lt;package&gt;</TD
8428 ><TD
8429 >State data for packages and subsystems (optional)</TD
8430 ></TR
8431 ><TR
8432 ><TD
8434 CLASS="COMMAND"
8435 >hwclock</B
8436 ></TD
8437 ><TD
8438 >State directory for hwclock (optional)</TD
8439 ></TR
8440 ><TR
8441 ><TD
8443 CLASS="COMMAND"
8444 >xdm</B
8445 ></TD
8446 ><TD
8447 >X display manager variable data (optional)</TD
8448 ></TR
8449 ></TBODY
8450 ></TABLE
8452 ></P
8453 ></DIV
8454 ></DIV
8455 ><DIV
8456 CLASS="SECTION"
8457 ><HR><H3
8458 CLASS="SECTION"
8460 NAME="VARLIBLTEDITORGTEDITORBACKUPFILESAN"
8461 >/var/lib/&lt;editor&gt; : Editor backup files and state (optional)</A
8462 ></H3
8463 ><DIV
8464 CLASS="SECTION"
8465 ><H4
8466 CLASS="SECTION"
8468 NAME="PURPOSE39"
8469 >Purpose</A
8470 ></H4
8472 >These directories contain saved files generated by any
8473 unexpected termination of an editor (e.g., <B
8474 CLASS="COMMAND"
8475 >elvis</B
8478 CLASS="COMMAND"
8479 >jove</B
8480 >, <B
8481 CLASS="COMMAND"
8482 >nvi</B
8483 >).</P
8485 >Other editors may not require a directory for crash-recovery
8486 files, but may require a well-defined place to store other information
8487 while the editor is running. This information should be stored in a
8488 subdirectory under <TT
8489 CLASS="FILENAME"
8490 >/var/lib</TT
8491 > (for example, GNU
8492 Emacs would place lock files in
8494 CLASS="FILENAME"
8495 >/var/lib/emacs/lock</TT
8496 >).</P
8498 >Future editors may require additional state information beyond
8499 crash-recovery files and lock files &mdash; this information should
8500 also be placed under
8502 CLASS="FILENAME"
8503 >/var/lib/&lt;editor&gt;</TT
8504 >.</P
8505 ><DIV
8506 CLASS="TIP"
8508 ></P
8509 ><TABLE
8510 CLASS="TIP"
8511 WIDTH="100%"
8512 BORDER="0"
8513 ><TR
8514 ><TD
8515 WIDTH="25"
8516 ALIGN="CENTER"
8517 VALIGN="TOP"
8518 ><IMG
8519 SRC="tip.gif"
8520 HSPACE="5"
8521 ALT="Tip"></TD
8522 ><TH
8523 ALIGN="LEFT"
8524 VALIGN="CENTER"
8526 >Rationale</B
8527 ></TH
8528 ></TR
8529 ><TR
8530 ><TD
8531 >&nbsp;</TD
8532 ><TD
8533 ALIGN="LEFT"
8534 VALIGN="TOP"
8536 >Previous Linux releases, as well as all commercial vendors, use
8538 CLASS="FILENAME"
8539 >/var/preserve</TT
8540 > for vi or its clones. However,
8541 each editor uses its own format for these crash-recovery files, so a
8542 separate directory is needed for each editor.</P
8544 >Editor-specific lock files are usually quite different from the
8545 device or resource lock files that are stored in
8547 CLASS="FILENAME"
8548 >/var/lock</TT
8549 > and, hence, are stored under
8551 CLASS="FILENAME"
8552 >/var/lib</TT
8553 >.&#13;</P
8554 ></TD
8555 ></TR
8556 ></TABLE
8557 ></DIV
8558 ></DIV
8559 ></DIV
8560 ><DIV
8561 CLASS="SECTION"
8562 ><HR><H3
8563 CLASS="SECTION"
8565 NAME="VARLIBHWCLOCKSTATEDIRECTORYFORHWCLO"
8566 >/var/lib/hwclock : State directory for hwclock (optional)</A
8567 ></H3
8568 ><DIV
8569 CLASS="SECTION"
8570 ><H4
8571 CLASS="SECTION"
8573 NAME="PURPOSE40"
8574 >Purpose</A
8575 ></H4
8577 >This directory contains the file
8579 CLASS="FILENAME"
8580 >/var/lib/hwclock/adjtime</TT
8581 >.</P
8582 ><DIV
8583 CLASS="TIP"
8585 ></P
8586 ><TABLE
8587 CLASS="TIP"
8588 WIDTH="100%"
8589 BORDER="0"
8590 ><TR
8591 ><TD
8592 WIDTH="25"
8593 ALIGN="CENTER"
8594 VALIGN="TOP"
8595 ><IMG
8596 SRC="tip.gif"
8597 HSPACE="5"
8598 ALT="Tip"></TD
8599 ><TH
8600 ALIGN="LEFT"
8601 VALIGN="CENTER"
8603 >Rationale</B
8604 ></TH
8605 ></TR
8606 ><TR
8607 ><TD
8608 >&nbsp;</TD
8609 ><TD
8610 ALIGN="LEFT"
8611 VALIGN="TOP"
8613 >In FHS 2.1, this file was <TT
8614 CLASS="FILENAME"
8615 >/etc/adjtime</TT
8616 >, but
8617 as <B
8618 CLASS="COMMAND"
8619 >hwclock</B
8620 > updates it, that was obviously
8621 incorrect.&#13;</P
8622 ></TD
8623 ></TR
8624 ></TABLE
8625 ></DIV
8626 ></DIV
8627 ></DIV
8628 ><DIV
8629 CLASS="SECTION"
8630 ><HR><H3
8631 CLASS="SECTION"
8633 NAME="VARLIBMISCMISCELLANEOUSVARIABLEDATA"
8634 >/var/lib/misc : Miscellaneous variable data</A
8635 ></H3
8636 ><DIV
8637 CLASS="SECTION"
8638 ><H4
8639 CLASS="SECTION"
8641 NAME="PURPOSE41"
8642 >Purpose</A
8643 ></H4
8645 >This directory contains variable data not placed in a
8646 subdirectory in <TT
8647 CLASS="FILENAME"
8648 >/var/lib</TT
8649 >. An attempt should be
8650 made to use relatively unique names in this directory to avoid
8651 namespace conflicts.
8654 NAME="AEN2381"
8655 HREF="#FTN.AEN2381"
8656 ><SPAN
8657 CLASS="footnote"
8658 >[39]</SPAN
8659 ></A
8660 ></P
8661 ></DIV
8662 ></DIV
8663 ></DIV
8664 ><DIV
8665 CLASS="SECTION"
8666 ><HR><H2
8667 CLASS="SECTION"
8669 NAME="VARLOCKLOCKFILES"
8670 >/var/lock : Lock files</A
8671 ></H2
8672 ><DIV
8673 CLASS="SECTION"
8674 ><H3
8675 CLASS="SECTION"
8677 NAME="PURPOSE42"
8678 >Purpose</A
8679 ></H3
8681 >Lock files should be stored within the
8683 CLASS="FILENAME"
8684 >/var/lock</TT
8685 > directory structure.</P
8687 >Lock files for devices and other resources shared by multiple
8688 applications, such as the serial device lock files that were
8689 originally found in either <TT
8690 CLASS="FILENAME"
8691 >/usr/spool/locks</TT
8692 > or
8694 CLASS="FILENAME"
8695 >/usr/spool/uucp</TT
8696 >, must now be stored in
8698 CLASS="FILENAME"
8699 >/var/lock</TT
8700 >. The naming convention which must be
8701 used is "LCK.." followed by the base name of the device. For example,
8702 to lock /dev/ttyS0 the file "LCK..ttyS0" would be created.
8705 NAME="AEN2396"
8706 HREF="#FTN.AEN2396"
8707 ><SPAN
8708 CLASS="footnote"
8709 >[40]</SPAN
8710 ></A
8711 ></P
8713 >The format used for the contents of such lock files must be the
8714 HDB UUCP lock file format. The HDB format is to store the process
8715 identifier (PID) as a ten byte ASCII decimal number, with a trailing
8716 newline. For example, if process 1230 holds a lock file, it would
8717 contain the eleven characters: space, space, space, space, space,
8718 space, one, two, three, zero, and newline.</P
8719 ></DIV
8720 ></DIV
8721 ><DIV
8722 CLASS="SECTION"
8723 ><HR><H2
8724 CLASS="SECTION"
8726 NAME="VARLOGLOGFILESANDDIRECTORIES"
8727 >/var/log : Log files and directories</A
8728 ></H2
8729 ><DIV
8730 CLASS="SECTION"
8731 ><H3
8732 CLASS="SECTION"
8734 NAME="PURPOSE43"
8735 >Purpose</A
8736 ></H3
8738 >This directory contains miscellaneous log files. Most logs must
8739 be written to this directory or an appropriate subdirectory.</P
8740 ></DIV
8741 ><DIV
8742 CLASS="SECTION"
8743 ><HR><H3
8744 CLASS="SECTION"
8746 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS24"
8747 >Specific Options</A
8748 ></H3
8750 >The following files, or symbolic links to files, must be in
8752 CLASS="FILENAME"
8753 >/var/log</TT
8754 >, if the corresponding subsystem is
8755 installed:</P
8756 ><DIV
8757 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
8759 ></P
8761 NAME="AEN2410"
8762 ></A
8763 ><TABLE
8764 BORDER="0"
8765 FRAME="void"
8766 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
8767 ><COL><COL><THEAD
8768 ><TR
8769 ><TH
8770 >File</TH
8771 ><TH
8772 >Description</TH
8773 ></TR
8774 ></THEAD
8775 ><TBODY
8776 ><TR
8777 ><TD
8778 ><TT
8779 CLASS="FILENAME"
8780 >lastlog</TT
8781 ></TD
8782 ><TD
8783 >record of last login of each user</TD
8784 ></TR
8785 ><TR
8786 ><TD
8787 ><TT
8788 CLASS="FILENAME"
8789 >messages</TT
8790 ></TD
8791 ><TD
8792 >system messages from <B
8793 CLASS="COMMAND"
8794 >syslogd</B
8795 ></TD
8796 ></TR
8797 ><TR
8798 ><TD
8799 ><TT
8800 CLASS="FILENAME"
8801 >wtmp</TT
8802 ></TD
8803 ><TD
8804 >record of all logins and logouts</TD
8805 ></TR
8806 ></TBODY
8807 ></TABLE
8809 ></P
8810 ></DIV
8811 ></DIV
8812 ></DIV
8813 ><DIV
8814 CLASS="SECTION"
8815 ><HR><H2
8816 CLASS="SECTION"
8818 NAME="VARMAILUSERMAILBOXFILES"
8819 >/var/mail : User mailbox files (optional)</A
8820 ></H2
8821 ><DIV
8822 CLASS="SECTION"
8823 ><H3
8824 CLASS="SECTION"
8826 NAME="PURPOSE44"
8827 >Purpose</A
8828 ></H3
8830 >The mail spool must be accessible through
8832 CLASS="FILENAME"
8833 >/var/mail</TT
8834 > and the mail spool files must take the
8835 form <TT
8836 CLASS="FILENAME"
8837 >&lt;username&gt;</TT
8840 NAME="AEN2437"
8841 HREF="#FTN.AEN2437"
8842 ><SPAN
8843 CLASS="footnote"
8844 >[41]</SPAN
8845 ></A
8846 ></P
8848 >User mailbox files in this location must be stored in the standard
8849 UNIX mailbox format.</P
8850 ><DIV
8851 CLASS="TIP"
8853 ></P
8854 ><TABLE
8855 CLASS="TIP"
8856 WIDTH="100%"
8857 BORDER="0"
8858 ><TR
8859 ><TD
8860 WIDTH="25"
8861 ALIGN="CENTER"
8862 VALIGN="TOP"
8863 ><IMG
8864 SRC="tip.gif"
8865 HSPACE="5"
8866 ALT="Tip"></TD
8867 ><TH
8868 ALIGN="LEFT"
8869 VALIGN="CENTER"
8871 >Rationale</B
8872 ></TH
8873 ></TR
8874 ><TR
8875 ><TD
8876 >&nbsp;</TD
8877 ><TD
8878 ALIGN="LEFT"
8879 VALIGN="TOP"
8881 >The logical location for this directory was changed from
8883 CLASS="FILENAME"
8884 >/var/spool/mail</TT
8885 > in order to bring FHS in-line
8886 with nearly every UNIX implementation. This change is important for
8887 inter-operability since a single <TT
8888 CLASS="FILENAME"
8889 >/var/mail</TT
8890 > is
8891 often shared between multiple hosts and multiple UNIX implementations
8892 (despite NFS locking issues).</P
8894 >It is important to note that there is no requirement to
8895 physically move the mail spool to this location. However, programs
8896 and header files must be changed to use
8898 CLASS="FILENAME"
8899 >/var/mail</TT
8900 >.&#13;</P
8901 ></TD
8902 ></TR
8903 ></TABLE
8904 ></DIV
8905 ></DIV
8906 ></DIV
8907 ><DIV
8908 CLASS="SECTION"
8909 ><HR><H2
8910 CLASS="SECTION"
8912 NAME="VAROPTVARIABLEDATAFOROPT"
8913 >/var/opt : Variable data for /opt</A
8914 ></H2
8915 ><DIV
8916 CLASS="SECTION"
8917 ><H3
8918 CLASS="SECTION"
8920 NAME="PURPOSE45"
8921 >Purpose</A
8922 ></H3
8924 >Variable data of the packages in <TT
8925 CLASS="FILENAME"
8926 >/opt</TT
8927 > must
8928 be installed in <TT
8929 CLASS="FILENAME"
8930 >/var/opt/&lt;subdir&gt;</TT
8931 >, where
8933 CLASS="FILENAME"
8934 >&lt;subdir&gt;</TT
8935 > is the name of the subtree in
8937 CLASS="FILENAME"
8938 >/opt</TT
8939 > where the static data from an add-on
8940 software package is stored, except where superseded by another file in
8942 CLASS="FILENAME"
8943 >/etc</TT
8944 >. No structure is imposed on the internal
8945 arrangement of <TT
8946 CLASS="FILENAME"
8947 >/var/opt/&lt;subdir&gt;</TT
8948 >.</P
8949 ><DIV
8950 CLASS="TIP"
8952 ></P
8953 ><TABLE
8954 CLASS="TIP"
8955 WIDTH="100%"
8956 BORDER="0"
8957 ><TR
8958 ><TD
8959 WIDTH="25"
8960 ALIGN="CENTER"
8961 VALIGN="TOP"
8962 ><IMG
8963 SRC="tip.gif"
8964 HSPACE="5"
8965 ALT="Tip"></TD
8966 ><TH
8967 ALIGN="LEFT"
8968 VALIGN="CENTER"
8970 >Rationale</B
8971 ></TH
8972 ></TR
8973 ><TR
8974 ><TD
8975 >&nbsp;</TD
8976 ><TD
8977 ALIGN="LEFT"
8978 VALIGN="TOP"
8980 >Refer to the rationale for <TT
8981 CLASS="FILENAME"
8982 >/opt</TT
8983 >.&#13;</P
8984 ></TD
8985 ></TR
8986 ></TABLE
8987 ></DIV
8988 ></DIV
8989 ></DIV
8990 ><DIV
8991 CLASS="SECTION"
8992 ><HR><H2
8993 CLASS="SECTION"
8995 NAME="VARRUNRUNTIMEVARIABLEDATA"
8996 >/var/run : Run-time variable data</A
8997 ></H2
8998 ><DIV
8999 CLASS="SECTION"
9000 ><H3
9001 CLASS="SECTION"
9003 NAME="PURPOSE46"
9004 >Purpose</A
9005 ></H3
9007 >This directory contains system information data describing the
9008 system since it was booted. Files under this directory must be
9009 cleared (removed or truncated as appropriate) at the beginning of the
9010 boot process. Programs may have a subdirectory of
9012 CLASS="FILENAME"
9013 >/var/run</TT
9014 >; this is encouraged for programs that
9015 use more than one run-time file.
9018 NAME="AEN2469"
9019 HREF="#FTN.AEN2469"
9020 ><SPAN
9021 CLASS="footnote"
9022 >[42]</SPAN
9023 ></A
9026 Process identifier (PID) files, which were originally placed in
9028 CLASS="FILENAME"
9029 >/etc</TT
9030 >, must be placed in
9032 CLASS="FILENAME"
9033 >/var/run</TT
9034 >. The naming convention for PID files is
9036 CLASS="FILENAME"
9037 >&lt;program-name&gt;.pid</TT
9038 >. For example, the
9040 CLASS="COMMAND"
9041 >crond</B
9042 > PID file is named
9044 CLASS="FILENAME"
9045 >/var/run/crond.pid</TT
9046 >.</P
9047 ></DIV
9048 ><DIV
9049 CLASS="SECTION"
9050 ><HR><H3
9051 CLASS="SECTION"
9053 NAME="REQUIREMENTS14"
9054 >Requirements</A
9055 ></H3
9057 >The internal format of PID files remains unchanged. The file
9058 must consist of the process identifier in ASCII-encoded decimal,
9059 followed by a newline character. For example, if
9061 CLASS="COMMAND"
9062 >crond</B
9063 > was process number 25,
9065 CLASS="FILENAME"
9066 >/var/run/crond.pid</TT
9067 > would contain three
9068 characters: two, five, and newline.</P
9070 >Programs that read PID files should be somewhat flexible in what
9071 they accept; i.e., they should ignore extra whitespace, leading
9072 zeroes, absence of the trailing newline, or additional lines in the
9073 PID file. Programs that create PID files should use the simple
9074 specification located in the above paragraph.</P
9076 >The <TT
9077 CLASS="FILENAME"
9078 >utmp</TT
9079 > file, which stores information
9080 about who is currently using the system, is located in this
9081 directory.</P
9083 >System programs that maintain transient UNIX-domain sockets must place
9084 them in this directory.</P
9085 ></DIV
9086 ></DIV
9087 ><DIV
9088 CLASS="SECTION"
9089 ><HR><H2
9090 CLASS="SECTION"
9092 NAME="VARSPOOLAPPLICATIONSPOOLDATA"
9093 >/var/spool : Application spool data</A
9094 ></H2
9095 ><DIV
9096 CLASS="SECTION"
9097 ><H3
9098 CLASS="SECTION"
9100 NAME="PURPOSE47"
9101 >Purpose</A
9102 ></H3
9104 ><TT
9105 CLASS="FILENAME"
9106 >/var/spool</TT
9107 > contains data which is awaiting
9108 some kind of later processing. Data in
9110 CLASS="FILENAME"
9111 >/var/spool</TT
9112 > represents work to be done in the
9113 future (by a program, user, or administrator); often data is deleted
9114 after it has been processed.
9117 NAME="AEN2493"
9118 HREF="#FTN.AEN2493"
9119 ><SPAN
9120 CLASS="footnote"
9121 >[43]</SPAN
9122 ></A
9123 ></P
9124 ></DIV
9125 ><DIV
9126 CLASS="SECTION"
9127 ><HR><H3
9128 CLASS="SECTION"
9130 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS25"
9131 >Specific Options</A
9132 ></H3
9134 >The following directories, or symbolic links to directories,
9135 must be in <TT
9136 CLASS="FILENAME"
9137 >/var/spool</TT
9138 >, if the corresponding
9139 subsystem is installed:</P
9140 ><DIV
9141 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
9143 ></P
9145 NAME="AEN2501"
9146 ></A
9147 ><TABLE
9148 BORDER="0"
9149 FRAME="void"
9150 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
9151 ><COL><COL><THEAD
9152 ><TR
9153 ><TH
9154 >Directory</TH
9155 ><TH
9156 >Description</TH
9157 ></TR
9158 ></THEAD
9159 ><TBODY
9160 ><TR
9161 ><TD
9162 ><TT
9163 CLASS="FILENAME"
9164 >lpd</TT
9165 ></TD
9166 ><TD
9167 >Printer spool directory (optional)</TD
9168 ></TR
9169 ><TR
9170 ><TD
9171 ><TT
9172 CLASS="FILENAME"
9173 >mqueue</TT
9174 ></TD
9175 ><TD
9176 >Outgoing mail queue (optional)</TD
9177 ></TR
9178 ><TR
9179 ><TD
9180 ><TT
9181 CLASS="FILENAME"
9182 >news</TT
9183 ></TD
9184 ><TD
9185 >News spool directory (optional)</TD
9186 ></TR
9187 ><TR
9188 ><TD
9189 ><TT
9190 CLASS="FILENAME"
9191 >rwho</TT
9192 ></TD
9193 ><TD
9194 >Rwhod files (optional)</TD
9195 ></TR
9196 ><TR
9197 ><TD
9198 ><TT
9199 CLASS="FILENAME"
9200 >uucp</TT
9201 ></TD
9202 ><TD
9203 >Spool directory for UUCP (optional)</TD
9204 ></TR
9205 ></TBODY
9206 ></TABLE
9208 ></P
9209 ></DIV
9210 ></DIV
9211 ><DIV
9212 CLASS="SECTION"
9213 ><HR><H3
9214 CLASS="SECTION"
9216 NAME="VARSPOOLLPDLINEPRINTERDAEMONPRINTQU"
9217 >/var/spool/lpd : Line-printer daemon print queues (optional)</A
9218 ></H3
9219 ><DIV
9220 CLASS="SECTION"
9221 ><H4
9222 CLASS="SECTION"
9224 NAME="PURPOSE48"
9225 >Purpose</A
9226 ></H4
9228 >The lock file for <B
9229 CLASS="COMMAND"
9230 >lpd</B
9233 CLASS="FILENAME"
9234 >lpd.lock</TT
9235 >, must be placed in
9237 CLASS="FILENAME"
9238 >/var/spool/lpd</TT
9239 >. It is suggested that the lock
9240 file for each printer be placed in the spool directory for that
9241 specific printer and named <TT
9242 CLASS="FILENAME"
9243 >lock</TT
9244 >.</P
9245 ></DIV
9246 ><DIV
9247 CLASS="SECTION"
9248 ><HR><H4
9249 CLASS="SECTION"
9251 NAME="SPECIFICOPTIONS26"
9252 >Specific Options</A
9253 ></H4
9254 ><DIV
9255 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
9257 ></P
9259 NAME="AEN2539"
9260 ></A
9261 ><TABLE
9262 BORDER="0"
9263 FRAME="void"
9264 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
9265 ><COL><COL><THEAD
9266 ><TR
9267 ><TH
9268 >Directory</TH
9269 ><TH
9270 >Description</TH
9271 ></TR
9272 ></THEAD
9273 ><TBODY
9274 ><TR
9275 ><TD
9276 ><TT
9277 CLASS="FILENAME"
9278 >printer</TT
9279 ></TD
9280 ><TD
9281 >Spools for a specific printer (optional)</TD
9282 ></TR
9283 ></TBODY
9284 ></TABLE
9286 ></P
9287 ></DIV
9288 ></DIV
9289 ></DIV
9290 ><DIV
9291 CLASS="SECTION"
9292 ><HR><H3
9293 CLASS="SECTION"
9295 NAME="VARSPOOLRWHORWHODFILES"
9296 >/var/spool/rwho : Rwhod files (optional)</A
9297 ></H3
9298 ><DIV
9299 CLASS="SECTION"
9300 ><H4
9301 CLASS="SECTION"
9303 NAME="PURPOSE49"
9304 >Purpose</A
9305 ></H4
9307 >This directory holds the <B
9308 CLASS="COMMAND"
9309 >rwhod</B
9310 > information
9311 for other systems on the local net.</P
9312 ><DIV
9313 CLASS="TIP"
9315 ></P
9316 ><TABLE
9317 CLASS="TIP"
9318 WIDTH="100%"
9319 BORDER="0"
9320 ><TR
9321 ><TD
9322 WIDTH="25"
9323 ALIGN="CENTER"
9324 VALIGN="TOP"
9325 ><IMG
9326 SRC="tip.gif"
9327 HSPACE="5"
9328 ALT="Tip"></TD
9329 ><TH
9330 ALIGN="LEFT"
9331 VALIGN="CENTER"
9333 >Rationale</B
9334 ></TH
9335 ></TR
9336 ><TR
9337 ><TD
9338 >&nbsp;</TD
9339 ><TD
9340 ALIGN="LEFT"
9341 VALIGN="TOP"
9343 >Some BSD releases use <TT
9344 CLASS="FILENAME"
9345 >/var/rwho</TT
9346 > for this
9347 data; given its historical location in <TT
9348 CLASS="FILENAME"
9349 >/var/spool</TT
9351 on other systems and its approximate fit to the definition of
9352 `spooled' data, this location was deemed more appropriate.</P
9353 ></TD
9354 ></TR
9355 ></TABLE
9356 ></DIV
9357 ></DIV
9358 ></DIV
9359 ></DIV
9360 ><DIV
9361 CLASS="SECTION"
9362 ><HR><H2
9363 CLASS="SECTION"
9365 NAME="VARTMPTEMPORARYFILESPRESERVEDBETWEE"
9366 >/var/tmp : Temporary files preserved between system reboots</A
9367 ></H2
9368 ><DIV
9369 CLASS="SECTION"
9370 ><H3
9371 CLASS="SECTION"
9373 NAME="PURPOSE50"
9374 >Purpose</A
9375 ></H3
9377 >The <TT
9378 CLASS="FILENAME"
9379 >/var/tmp</TT
9380 > directory is made available
9381 for programs that require temporary files or directories that are
9382 preserved between system reboots. Therefore, data stored in
9384 CLASS="FILENAME"
9385 >/var/tmp</TT
9386 > is more persistent than data in
9388 CLASS="FILENAME"
9389 >/tmp</TT
9390 >.</P
9392 >Files and directories located in <TT
9393 CLASS="FILENAME"
9394 >/var/tmp</TT
9396 must not be deleted when the system is booted. Although data stored
9397 in <TT
9398 CLASS="FILENAME"
9399 >/var/tmp</TT
9400 > is typically deleted in a
9401 site-specific manner, it is recommended that deletions occur at a less
9402 frequent interval than <TT
9403 CLASS="FILENAME"
9404 >/tmp</TT
9405 >.</P
9406 ></DIV
9407 ></DIV
9408 ><DIV
9409 CLASS="SECTION"
9410 ><HR><H2
9411 CLASS="SECTION"
9413 NAME="VARYPNETWORKINFORMATIONSERVICE"
9414 >/var/yp : Network Information Service (NIS) database files (optional)</A
9415 ></H2
9416 ><DIV
9417 CLASS="SECTION"
9418 ><H3
9419 CLASS="SECTION"
9421 NAME="PURPOSE51"
9422 >Purpose</A
9423 ></H3
9425 >Variable data for the Network Information Service (NIS),
9426 formerly known as the Sun Yellow Pages (YP), must be placed in this
9427 directory.</P
9428 ><DIV
9429 CLASS="TIP"
9431 ></P
9432 ><TABLE
9433 CLASS="TIP"
9434 WIDTH="100%"
9435 BORDER="0"
9436 ><TR
9437 ><TD
9438 WIDTH="25"
9439 ALIGN="CENTER"
9440 VALIGN="TOP"
9441 ><IMG
9442 SRC="tip.gif"
9443 HSPACE="5"
9444 ALT="Tip"></TD
9445 ><TH
9446 ALIGN="LEFT"
9447 VALIGN="CENTER"
9449 >Rationale</B
9450 ></TH
9451 ></TR
9452 ><TR
9453 ><TD
9454 >&nbsp;</TD
9455 ><TD
9456 ALIGN="LEFT"
9457 VALIGN="TOP"
9459 ><TT
9460 CLASS="FILENAME"
9461 >/var/yp</TT
9462 > is the standard directory for NIS
9463 (YP) data and is almost exclusively used in NIS documentation and
9464 systems.
9467 NAME="AEN2582"
9468 HREF="#FTN.AEN2582"
9469 ><SPAN
9470 CLASS="footnote"
9471 >[44]</SPAN
9472 ></A
9473 ></P
9474 ></TD
9475 ></TR
9476 ></TABLE
9477 ></DIV
9478 ></DIV
9479 ></DIV
9480 ></DIV
9481 ><DIV
9482 CLASS="CHAPTER"
9483 ><HR><H1
9485 NAME="OPERATINGSYSTEMSPECIFICANNEX"
9486 ></A
9487 >Chapter 6. Operating System Specific Annex</H1
9489 >This section is for additional requirements and recommendations
9490 that only apply to a specific operating system. The material in this
9491 section should never conflict with the base standard.</P
9492 ><DIV
9493 CLASS="SECTION"
9494 ><HR><H2
9495 CLASS="SECTION"
9497 NAME="LINUX"
9498 >Linux</A
9499 ></H2
9501 >This is the annex for the Linux operating system.</P
9502 ><DIV
9503 CLASS="SECTION"
9504 ><HR><H3
9505 CLASS="SECTION"
9507 NAME="ROOTDIRECTORY"
9508 >/ : Root directory</A
9509 ></H3
9511 >On Linux systems, if the kernel is located in
9513 CLASS="FILENAME"
9514 >/</TT
9515 >, we recommend using the names
9517 CLASS="FILENAME"
9518 >vmlinux</TT
9519 > or <TT
9520 CLASS="FILENAME"
9521 >vmlinuz</TT
9522 >, which
9523 have been used in recent Linux kernel source packages.</P
9524 ></DIV
9525 ><DIV
9526 CLASS="SECTION"
9527 ><HR><H3
9528 CLASS="SECTION"
9530 NAME="BINESSENTIALUSERCOMMANDBINARIES2"
9531 >/bin : Essential user command binaries (for use by all users)</A
9532 ></H3
9534 >Linux systems which require them place these additional files into
9536 CLASS="FILENAME"
9537 >/bin</TT
9538 >:</P
9540 ></P
9541 ><UL
9542 ><LI
9545 CLASS="COMMAND"
9546 >setserial</B
9547 ></P
9548 ></LI
9549 ></UL
9550 ></DIV
9551 ><DIV
9552 CLASS="SECTION"
9553 ><HR><H3
9554 CLASS="SECTION"
9556 NAME="DEVDEVICESANDSPECIALFILES"
9557 >/dev : Devices and special files</A
9558 ></H3
9560 >The following devices must exist under /dev.
9563 ></P
9564 ><DIV
9565 CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
9566 ><DL
9567 ><DT
9568 ><TT
9569 CLASS="FILENAME"
9570 >/dev/null</TT
9571 ></DT
9572 ><DD
9574 >All data written to this device is discarded. A read from this device
9575 will return an EOF condition.</P
9576 ></DD
9577 ><DT
9578 ><TT
9579 CLASS="FILENAME"
9580 >/dev/zero</TT
9581 ></DT
9582 ><DD
9584 >This device is a source of zeroed out data. All data written to this
9585 device is discarded. A read from this device will return as many bytes
9586 containing the value zero as was requested.</P
9587 ></DD
9588 ><DT
9589 ><TT
9590 CLASS="FILENAME"
9591 >/dev/tty</TT
9592 ></DT
9593 ><DD
9595 >This device is a synonym for the controlling terminal of a
9596 process. Once this device is opened, all reads and writes will behave
9597 as if the actual controlling terminal device had been opened.</P
9598 ></DD
9599 ></DL
9600 ></DIV
9603 <DIV
9604 CLASS="TIP"
9606 ></P
9607 ><TABLE
9608 CLASS="TIP"
9609 WIDTH="100%"
9610 BORDER="0"
9611 ><TR
9612 ><TD
9613 WIDTH="25"
9614 ALIGN="CENTER"
9615 VALIGN="TOP"
9616 ><IMG
9617 SRC="tip.gif"
9618 HSPACE="5"
9619 ALT="Tip"></TD
9620 ><TH
9621 ALIGN="LEFT"
9622 VALIGN="CENTER"
9624 >Rationale</B
9625 ></TH
9626 ></TR
9627 ><TR
9628 ><TD
9629 >&nbsp;</TD
9630 ><TD
9631 ALIGN="LEFT"
9632 VALIGN="TOP"
9634 >Previous versions of the FHS had stricter requirements for
9636 CLASS="FILENAME"
9637 >/dev</TT
9638 >. Other devices may also exist in
9639 /dev. Device names may exist as symbolic links to other device nodes
9640 located in /dev or subdirectories of /dev. There is no requirement
9641 concerning major/minor number values.</P
9642 ></TD
9643 ></TR
9644 ></TABLE
9645 ></DIV
9646 >&#13;</P
9647 ></DIV
9648 ><DIV
9649 CLASS="SECTION"
9650 ><HR><H3
9651 CLASS="SECTION"
9653 NAME="ETCHOSTSPECIFICSYSTEMCONFIGURATION2"
9654 >/etc : Host-specific system configuration</A
9655 ></H3
9657 >Linux systems which require them place these additional files into
9659 CLASS="FILENAME"
9660 >/etc</TT
9661 >.</P
9663 ></P
9664 ><UL
9665 ><LI
9667 ><TT
9668 CLASS="FILENAME"
9669 >lilo.conf</TT
9670 ></P
9671 ></LI
9672 ></UL
9673 ></DIV
9674 ><DIV
9675 CLASS="SECTION"
9676 ><HR><H3
9677 CLASS="SECTION"
9679 NAME="LIB64"
9680 >/lib64 and /lib32 : 64/32-bit libraries (architecture dependent)</A
9681 ></H3
9683 >&#13;The 64-bit architectures PPC64, s390x, sparc64 and AMD64 must place
9684 64-bit libraries in <TT
9685 CLASS="FILENAME"
9686 >/lib64</TT
9687 >, and 32-bit
9688 (or 31-bit on s390) libraries in <TT
9689 CLASS="FILENAME"
9690 >/lib</TT
9691 >.</P
9693 >The 64-bit architecture IA64 must place 64-bit libraries in
9695 CLASS="FILENAME"
9696 >/lib</TT
9699 <DIV
9700 CLASS="TIP"
9702 ></P
9703 ><TABLE
9704 CLASS="TIP"
9705 WIDTH="100%"
9706 BORDER="0"
9707 ><TR
9708 ><TD
9709 WIDTH="25"
9710 ALIGN="CENTER"
9711 VALIGN="TOP"
9712 ><IMG
9713 SRC="tip.gif"
9714 HSPACE="5"
9715 ALT="Tip"></TD
9716 ><TH
9717 ALIGN="LEFT"
9718 VALIGN="CENTER"
9720 >Rationale</B
9721 ></TH
9722 ></TR
9723 ><TR
9724 ><TD
9725 >&nbsp;</TD
9726 ><TD
9727 ALIGN="LEFT"
9728 VALIGN="TOP"
9730 >This is a refinement of the general rules for
9732 CLASS="FILENAME"
9733 >/lib&lt;qual&gt;</TT
9734 > and
9736 CLASS="FILENAME"
9737 >/usr/lib&lt;qual&gt;</TT
9738 >. The architectures PPC64,
9739 s390x, sparc64 and AMD64 support support both 32-bit (for s390 more
9740 precise 31-bit) and 64-bit programs. Using <TT
9741 CLASS="FILENAME"
9742 >lib</TT
9744 for 32-bit binaries allows existing binaries from the 32-bit systems
9745 to work without any changes: such binaries are expected to be numerous.
9746 IA-64 uses a different scheme, reflecting the deprecation of 32-bit
9747 binaries (and hence libraries) on that architecture.</P
9748 ></TD
9749 ></TR
9750 ></TABLE
9751 ></DIV
9752 ></P
9753 ></DIV
9754 ><DIV
9755 CLASS="SECTION"
9756 ><HR><H3
9757 CLASS="SECTION"
9759 NAME="PROCKERNELANDPROCESSINFORMATIONVIR"
9760 >/proc : Kernel and process information virtual filesystem</A
9761 ></H3
9763 >The <TT
9764 CLASS="FILENAME"
9765 >proc</TT
9766 > filesystem is the de-facto
9767 standard Linux method for handling process and system information,
9768 rather than <TT
9769 CLASS="FILENAME"
9770 >/dev/kmem</TT
9771 > and other similar methods.
9772 We strongly encourage this for the storage and retrieval of process
9773 information as well as other kernel and memory information.</P
9774 ></DIV
9775 ><DIV
9776 CLASS="SECTION"
9777 ><HR><H3
9778 CLASS="SECTION"
9780 NAME="SBINESSENTIALSYSTEMBINARIES"
9781 >/sbin : Essential system binaries</A
9782 ></H3
9784 >Linux systems place these additional files into <TT
9785 CLASS="FILENAME"
9786 >/sbin</TT
9787 >.</P
9789 ></P
9790 ><UL
9791 ><LI
9792 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9794 >Second extended filesystem commands (optional):</P
9796 ></P
9797 ><UL
9798 ><LI
9799 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9802 CLASS="COMMAND"
9803 >badblocks</B
9804 ></P
9805 ></LI
9806 ><LI
9807 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9810 CLASS="COMMAND"
9811 >dumpe2fs</B
9812 ></P
9813 ></LI
9814 ><LI
9815 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9818 CLASS="COMMAND"
9819 >e2fsck</B
9820 ></P
9821 ></LI
9822 ><LI
9823 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9826 CLASS="COMMAND"
9827 >mke2fs</B
9828 ></P
9829 ></LI
9830 ><LI
9831 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9834 CLASS="COMMAND"
9835 >mklost+found</B
9836 ></P
9837 ></LI
9838 ><LI
9839 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9842 CLASS="COMMAND"
9843 >tune2fs</B
9844 ></P
9845 ></LI
9846 ></UL
9847 ></LI
9848 ><LI
9849 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9851 >Boot-loader map installer (optional):</P
9853 ></P
9854 ><UL
9855 ><LI
9856 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9859 CLASS="COMMAND"
9860 >lilo</B
9861 ></P
9862 ></LI
9863 ></UL
9864 ></LI
9865 ></UL
9867 >Optional files for /sbin:</P
9869 ></P
9870 ><UL
9871 ><LI
9872 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9874 >Static binaries:</P
9876 ></P
9877 ><UL
9878 ><LI
9879 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9882 CLASS="COMMAND"
9883 >ldconfig</B
9884 ></P
9885 ></LI
9886 ><LI
9887 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9890 CLASS="COMMAND"
9891 >sln</B
9892 ></P
9893 ></LI
9894 ><LI
9895 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9898 CLASS="COMMAND"
9899 >ssync</B
9900 ></P
9901 ></LI
9902 ></UL
9904 >Static <B
9905 CLASS="COMMAND"
9906 >ln</B
9907 > (<B
9908 CLASS="COMMAND"
9909 >sln</B
9910 >) and
9911 static <B
9912 CLASS="COMMAND"
9913 >sync</B
9914 > (<B
9915 CLASS="COMMAND"
9916 >ssync</B
9917 >) are
9918 useful when things go wrong. The primary use of
9920 CLASS="COMMAND"
9921 >sln</B
9922 > (to repair incorrect symlinks in
9924 CLASS="FILENAME"
9925 >/lib</TT
9926 > after a poorly orchestrated upgrade) is no
9927 longer a major concern now that the <B
9928 CLASS="COMMAND"
9929 >ldconfig</B
9931 program (usually located in <TT
9932 CLASS="FILENAME"
9933 >/usr/sbin</TT
9934 >) exists and
9935 can act as a guiding hand in upgrading the dynamic libraries. Static
9937 CLASS="COMMAND"
9938 >sync</B
9939 > is useful in some emergency situations.
9940 Note that these need not be statically linked versions of the standard
9942 CLASS="COMMAND"
9943 >ln</B
9944 > and <B
9945 CLASS="COMMAND"
9946 >sync</B
9947 >, but may
9948 be.</P
9950 >The <B
9951 CLASS="COMMAND"
9952 >ldconfig</B
9953 > binary is optional for
9955 CLASS="FILENAME"
9956 >/sbin</TT
9957 > since a site may choose to run
9959 CLASS="COMMAND"
9960 >ldconfig</B
9961 > at boot time, rather than only when
9962 upgrading the shared libraries. (It's not clear whether or not it is
9963 advantageous to run <B
9964 CLASS="COMMAND"
9965 >ldconfig</B
9966 > on each boot.) Even
9967 so, some people like <B
9968 CLASS="COMMAND"
9969 >ldconfig</B
9970 > around for the
9971 following (all too common) situation:</P
9973 ></P
9974 ><OL
9975 TYPE="1"
9976 ><LI
9977 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9979 >I've just removed <TT
9980 CLASS="FILENAME"
9981 >/lib/&lt;file&gt;</TT
9982 >.</P
9983 ></LI
9984 ><LI
9985 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
9987 >I can't find out the name of the library because <B
9988 CLASS="COMMAND"
9989 >ls</B
9990 > is
9991 dynamically linked, I'm using a shell that doesn't have <B
9992 CLASS="COMMAND"
9993 >ls</B
9995 built-in, and I don't know about using "<B
9996 CLASS="COMMAND"
9997 >echo *</B
9998 >" as a
9999 replacement.</P
10000 ></LI
10001 ><LI
10002 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
10004 >I have a static <B
10005 CLASS="COMMAND"
10006 >sln</B
10007 >, but I don't know what to call the link.</P
10008 ></LI
10009 ></OL
10010 ></LI
10011 ><LI
10012 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
10014 >Miscellaneous:</P
10016 ></P
10017 ><UL
10018 ><LI
10019 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
10022 CLASS="COMMAND"
10023 >ctrlaltdel</B
10024 ></P
10025 ></LI
10026 ><LI
10027 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
10030 CLASS="COMMAND"
10031 >kbdrate</B
10032 ></P
10033 ></LI
10034 ></UL
10036 >So as to cope with the fact that some keyboards come up with
10037 such a high repeat rate as to be unusable,
10039 CLASS="COMMAND"
10040 >kbdrate</B
10041 > may be installed in
10043 CLASS="FILENAME"
10044 >/sbin</TT
10045 > on some systems.</P
10047 >Since the default action in the kernel for the Ctrl-Alt-Del key
10048 combination is an instant hard reboot, it is generally advisable to
10049 disable the behavior before mounting the root filesystem in read-write
10050 mode. Some <B
10051 CLASS="COMMAND"
10052 >init</B
10053 > suites are able to disable
10054 Ctrl-Alt-Del, but others may require the
10056 CLASS="COMMAND"
10057 >ctrlaltdel</B
10058 > program, which may be installed in
10060 CLASS="FILENAME"
10061 >/sbin</TT
10062 > on those systems.</P
10063 ></LI
10064 ></UL
10065 ></DIV
10066 ><DIV
10067 CLASS="SECTION"
10068 ><HR><H3
10069 CLASS="SECTION"
10071 NAME="USRINCLUDEHEADERFILESINCLUDEDBYCP"
10072 >/usr/include : Header files included by C programs</A
10073 ></H3
10075 >These symbolic links are required if a C or C++ compiler is
10076 installed and only for systems not based on glibc.</P
10077 ><TABLE
10078 BORDER="0"
10079 BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
10080 WIDTH="100%"
10081 ><TR
10082 ><TD
10083 ><PRE
10084 CLASS="SCREEN"
10085 > /usr/include/asm -&gt; /usr/src/linux/include/asm-&lt;arch&gt;
10086 /usr/include/linux -&gt; /usr/src/linux/include/linux</PRE
10087 ></TD
10088 ></TR
10089 ></TABLE
10090 ></DIV
10091 ><DIV
10092 CLASS="SECTION"
10093 ><HR><H3
10094 CLASS="SECTION"
10096 NAME="USRSRCSOURCECODE2"
10097 >/usr/src : Source code</A
10098 ></H3
10100 >For systems based on glibc, there are no specific guidelines for
10101 this directory. For systems based on Linux libc revisions prior to
10102 glibc, the following guidelines and rationale apply:</P
10104 >The only source code that should be placed in a specific
10105 location is the Linux kernel source code. It is located in
10107 CLASS="FILENAME"
10108 >/usr/src/linux</TT
10109 >.</P
10111 >If a C or C++ compiler is installed, but the complete Linux
10112 kernel source code is not installed, then the include files from the
10113 kernel source code must be located in these directories:</P
10114 ><TABLE
10115 BORDER="0"
10116 BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
10117 WIDTH="100%"
10118 ><TR
10119 ><TD
10120 ><PRE
10121 CLASS="SCREEN"
10122 > /usr/src/linux/include/asm-&lt;arch&gt;
10123 /usr/src/linux/include/linux</PRE
10124 ></TD
10125 ></TR
10126 ></TABLE
10128 ><TT
10129 CLASS="FILENAME"
10130 >&lt;arch&gt;</TT
10131 > is the name of the system
10132 architecture.</P
10133 ><DIV
10134 CLASS="NOTE"
10136 ></P
10137 ><TABLE
10138 CLASS="NOTE"
10139 WIDTH="100%"
10140 BORDER="0"
10141 ><TR
10142 ><TD
10143 WIDTH="25"
10144 ALIGN="CENTER"
10145 VALIGN="TOP"
10146 ><IMG
10147 SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
10148 HSPACE="5"
10149 ALT="Note"></TD
10150 ><TH
10151 ALIGN="LEFT"
10152 VALIGN="CENTER"
10154 >Note</B
10155 ></TH
10156 ></TR
10157 ><TR
10158 ><TD
10159 >&nbsp;</TD
10160 ><TD
10161 ALIGN="LEFT"
10162 VALIGN="TOP"
10164 > <TT
10165 CLASS="FILENAME"
10166 >/usr/src/linux</TT
10168 may be a symbolic link to a kernel source code tree.</P
10169 ></TD
10170 ></TR
10171 ></TABLE
10172 ></DIV
10173 ><DIV
10174 CLASS="TIP"
10176 ></P
10177 ><TABLE
10178 CLASS="TIP"
10179 WIDTH="100%"
10180 BORDER="0"
10181 ><TR
10182 ><TD
10183 WIDTH="25"
10184 ALIGN="CENTER"
10185 VALIGN="TOP"
10186 ><IMG
10187 SRC="tip.gif"
10188 HSPACE="5"
10189 ALT="Tip"></TD
10190 ><TH
10191 ALIGN="LEFT"
10192 VALIGN="CENTER"
10194 >Rationale</B
10195 ></TH
10196 ></TR
10197 ><TR
10198 ><TD
10199 >&nbsp;</TD
10200 ><TD
10201 ALIGN="LEFT"
10202 VALIGN="TOP"
10204 >It is important that the kernel include files be located in
10206 CLASS="FILENAME"
10207 >/usr/src/linux</TT
10208 > and not in
10210 CLASS="FILENAME"
10211 >/usr/include</TT
10212 > so there are no problems when system
10213 administrators upgrade their kernel version for the first time.&#13;</P
10214 ></TD
10215 ></TR
10216 ></TABLE
10217 ></DIV
10218 ></DIV
10219 ><DIV
10220 CLASS="SECTION"
10221 ><HR><H3
10222 CLASS="SECTION"
10224 NAME="VARSPOOLCRONCRONANDATJOBS"
10225 >/var/spool/cron : cron and at jobs</A
10226 ></H3
10228 >This directory contains the variable data for the
10230 CLASS="COMMAND"
10231 >cron</B
10232 > and <B
10233 CLASS="COMMAND"
10234 >at</B
10235 > programs.</P
10236 ></DIV
10237 ></DIV
10238 ></DIV
10239 ><DIV
10240 CLASS="CHAPTER"
10241 ><HR><H1
10243 NAME="APPENDIX"
10244 ></A
10245 >Chapter 7. Appendix</H1
10246 ><DIV
10247 CLASS="SECTION"
10248 ><H2
10249 CLASS="SECTION"
10251 NAME="THEFHSMAILINGLIST"
10252 >The FHS mailing list</A
10253 ></H2
10255 >The FHS mailing list is located at
10256 &lt;freestandards-fhs-discuss@lists.sourceforge.net&gt;. You can
10257 subscribe to the mailing list at this page <A
10258 HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/freestandards/"
10259 TARGET="_top"
10260 >http://sourceforge.net/projects/freestandards/</A
10261 >.</P
10263 >Thanks to Network Operations at the University of California at
10264 San Diego who allowed us to use their excellent mailing list
10265 server.</P
10267 >As noted in the introduction, please do not send mail to the mailing
10268 list without first contacting the FHS editor or a listed contributor.</P
10269 ></DIV
10270 ><DIV
10271 CLASS="SECTION"
10272 ><HR><H2
10273 CLASS="SECTION"
10275 NAME="BACKGROUNDOFTHEFHS"
10276 >Background of the FHS</A
10277 ></H2
10279 >The process of developing a standard filesystem hierarchy began
10280 in August 1993 with an effort to restructure the file and directory
10281 structure of Linux. The FSSTND, a filesystem hierarchy standard
10282 specific to the Linux operating system, was released on February 14,
10283 1994. Subsequent revisions were released on October 9, 1994 and March
10284 28, 1995.</P
10286 >In early 1995, the goal of developing a more comprehensive
10287 version of FSSTND to address not only Linux, but other UNIX-like
10288 systems was adopted with the help of members of the BSD development
10289 community. As a result, a concerted effort was made to focus on
10290 issues that were general to UNIX-like systems. In recognition of this
10291 widening of scope, the name of the standard was changed to Filesystem
10292 Hierarchy Standard or FHS for short.</P
10294 >Volunteers who have contributed extensively to this standard are
10295 listed at the end of this document. This standard represents a
10296 consensus view of those and other contributors.</P
10297 ></DIV
10298 ><DIV
10299 CLASS="SECTION"
10300 ><HR><H2
10301 CLASS="SECTION"
10303 NAME="GENERALGUIDELINES"
10304 >General Guidelines</A
10305 ></H2
10307 >Here are some of the guidelines that have been used in the development
10308 of this standard:</P
10310 ></P
10311 ><UL
10312 ><LI
10313 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
10315 >Solve technical problems while limiting transitional difficulties.</P
10316 ></LI
10317 ><LI
10318 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
10320 >Make the specification reasonably stable.</P
10321 ></LI
10322 ><LI
10323 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
10325 >Gain the approval of distributors, developers, and other decision-makers
10326 in relevant development groups and encourage their participation.</P
10327 ></LI
10328 ><LI
10329 STYLE="list-style-type: disc"
10331 >Provide a standard that is attractive to the implementors of different
10332 UNIX-like systems.</P
10333 ></LI
10334 ></UL
10335 ></DIV
10336 ><DIV
10337 CLASS="SECTION"
10338 ><HR><H2
10339 CLASS="SECTION"
10341 NAME="SCOPE"
10342 >Scope</A
10343 ></H2
10345 >This document specifies a standard filesystem hierarchy for FHS
10346 filesystems by specifying the location of files and directories, and
10347 the contents of some system files.</P
10349 >This standard has been designed to be used by system
10350 integrators, package developers, and system administrators in the
10351 construction and maintenance of FHS compliant filesystems. It is
10352 primarily intended to be a reference and is not a tutorial on how to
10353 manage a conforming filesystem hierarchy.</P
10355 >The FHS grew out of earlier work on FSSTND, a filesystem
10356 organization standard for the Linux operating system. It builds on
10357 FSSTND to address interoperability issues not just in the Linux
10358 community but in a wider arena including 4.4BSD-based operating
10359 systems. It incorporates lessons learned in the BSD world and
10360 elsewhere about multi-architecture support and the demands of
10361 heterogeneous networking.</P
10363 >Although this standard is more comprehensive than previous
10364 attempts at filesystem hierarchy standardization, periodic updates may
10365 become necessary as requirements change in relation to emerging
10366 technology. It is also possible that better solutions to the problems
10367 addressed here will be discovered so that our solutions will no longer
10368 be the best possible solutions. Supplementary drafts may be released
10369 in addition to periodic updates to this document. However, a specific
10370 goal is backwards compatibility from one release of this document to
10371 the next.</P
10373 >Comments related to this standard are welcome. Any comments or
10374 suggestions for changes may be directed to the FHS editor (Daniel
10375 Quinlan &lt;quinlan@pathname.com&gt;) or the FHS mailing list.
10376 Typographical or grammatical comments should be directed to the FHS
10377 editor.</P
10379 >Before sending mail to the mailing list it is requested that you
10380 first contact the FHS editor in order to avoid excessive re-discussion
10381 of old topics.</P
10383 >Questions about how to interpret items in this document may
10384 occasionally arise. If you have need for a clarification, please
10385 contact the FHS editor. Since this standard represents a consensus of
10386 many participants, it is important to make certain that any
10387 interpretation also represents their collective opinion. For this
10388 reason it may not be possible to provide an immediate response unless
10389 the inquiry has been the subject of previous discussion.</P
10390 ></DIV
10391 ><DIV
10392 CLASS="SECTION"
10393 ><HR><H2
10394 CLASS="SECTION"
10396 NAME="ACKNOWLEDGMENTS"
10397 >Acknowledgments</A
10398 ></H2
10400 >The developers of the FHS wish to thank the developers, system
10401 administrators, and users whose input was essential to this standard.
10402 We wish to thank each of the contributors who helped to write,
10403 compile, and compose this standard.</P
10405 >The FHS Group also wishes to thank those Linux developers who
10406 supported the FSSTND, the predecessor to this standard. If they
10407 hadn't demonstrated that the FSSTND was beneficial, the FHS could
10408 never have evolved.</P
10409 ></DIV
10410 ><DIV
10411 CLASS="SECTION"
10412 ><HR><H2
10413 CLASS="SECTION"
10415 NAME="CONTRIBUTORS"
10416 >Contributors</A
10417 ></H2
10418 ><DIV
10419 CLASS="INFORMALTABLE"
10421 ></P
10423 NAME="AEN2813"
10424 ></A
10425 ><TABLE
10426 BORDER="0"
10427 FRAME="void"
10428 CLASS="CALSTABLE"
10429 ><COL
10430 WIDTH="1*"
10431 TITLE="C1"><COL
10432 WIDTH="1*"
10433 TITLE="C2"><TBODY
10434 ><TR
10435 ><TD
10436 ALIGN="LEFT"
10437 >Brandon S. Allbery</TD
10438 ><TD
10439 ALIGN="LEFT"
10440 >&lt;bsa@kf8nh.wariat.org&gt;</TD
10441 ></TR
10442 ><TR
10443 ><TD
10444 ALIGN="LEFT"
10445 >Keith Bostic</TD
10446 ><TD
10447 ALIGN="LEFT"
10448 >&lt;bostic@cs.berkeley.edu&gt;</TD
10449 ></TR
10450 ><TR
10451 ><TD
10452 ALIGN="LEFT"
10453 >Drew Eckhardt</TD
10454 ><TD
10455 ALIGN="LEFT"
10456 >&lt;drew@colorado.edu&gt;</TD
10457 ></TR
10458 ><TR
10459 ><TD
10460 ALIGN="LEFT"
10461 >Rik Faith</TD
10462 ><TD
10463 ALIGN="LEFT"
10464 >&lt;faith@cs.unc.edu&gt;</TD
10465 ></TR
10466 ><TR
10467 ><TD
10468 ALIGN="LEFT"
10469 >Stephen Harris</TD
10470 ><TD
10471 ALIGN="LEFT"
10472 >&lt;sweh@spuddy.mew.co.uk&gt;</TD
10473 ></TR
10474 ><TR
10475 ><TD
10476 ALIGN="LEFT"
10477 >Ian Jackson</TD
10478 ><TD
10479 ALIGN="LEFT"
10480 >&lt;ijackson@cus.cam.ac.uk&gt;</TD
10481 ></TR
10482 ><TR
10483 ><TD
10484 ALIGN="LEFT"
10485 >Andreas Jaeger</TD
10486 ><TD
10487 ALIGN="LEFT"
10488 >&lt;aj@suse.de&gt;</TD
10489 ></TR
10490 ><TR
10491 ><TD
10492 ALIGN="LEFT"
10493 >John A. Martin</TD
10494 ><TD
10495 ALIGN="LEFT"
10496 >&lt;jmartin@acm.org&gt;</TD
10497 ></TR
10498 ><TR
10499 ><TD
10500 ALIGN="LEFT"
10501 >Ian McCloghrie</TD
10502 ><TD
10503 ALIGN="LEFT"
10504 >&lt;ian@ucsd.edu&gt;</TD
10505 ></TR
10506 ><TR
10507 ><TD
10508 ALIGN="LEFT"
10509 >Chris Metcalf</TD
10510 ><TD
10511 ALIGN="LEFT"
10512 >&lt;metcalf@lcs.mit.edu&gt;</TD
10513 ></TR
10514 ><TR
10515 ><TD
10516 ALIGN="LEFT"
10517 >Ian Murdock</TD
10518 ><TD
10519 ALIGN="LEFT"
10520 >&lt;imurdock@debian.org&gt;</TD
10521 ></TR
10522 ><TR
10523 ><TD
10524 ALIGN="LEFT"
10525 >David C. Niemi</TD
10526 ><TD
10527 ALIGN="LEFT"
10528 >&lt;niemidc@clark.net&gt;</TD
10529 ></TR
10530 ><TR
10531 ><TD
10532 ALIGN="LEFT"
10533 >Daniel Quinlan</TD
10534 ><TD
10535 ALIGN="LEFT"
10536 >&lt;quinlan@pathname.com&gt;</TD
10537 ></TR
10538 ><TR
10539 ><TD
10540 ALIGN="LEFT"
10541 >Eric S. Raymond</TD
10542 ><TD
10543 ALIGN="LEFT"
10544 >&lt;esr@thyrsus.com&gt;</TD
10545 ></TR
10546 ><TR
10547 ><TD
10548 ALIGN="LEFT"
10549 >Rusty Russell</TD
10550 ><TD
10551 ALIGN="LEFT"
10552 >&lt;rusty@rustcorp.com.au&gt;</TD
10553 ></TR
10554 ><TR
10555 ><TD
10556 ALIGN="LEFT"
10557 >Mike Sangrey</TD
10558 ><TD
10559 ALIGN="LEFT"
10560 >&lt;mike@sojurn.lns.pa.us&gt;</TD
10561 ></TR
10562 ><TR
10563 ><TD
10564 ALIGN="LEFT"
10565 >David H. Silber</TD
10566 ><TD
10567 ALIGN="LEFT"
10568 >&lt;dhs@glowworm.firefly.com&gt;</TD
10569 ></TR
10570 ><TR
10571 ><TD
10572 ALIGN="LEFT"
10573 >Thomas Sippel-Dau</TD
10574 ><TD
10575 ALIGN="LEFT"
10576 >&lt;t.sippel-dau@ic.ac.uk&gt;</TD
10577 ></TR
10578 ><TR
10579 ><TD
10580 ALIGN="LEFT"
10581 >Theodore Ts'o</TD
10582 ><TD
10583 ALIGN="LEFT"
10584 >&lt;tytso@athena.mit.edu&gt;</TD
10585 ></TR
10586 ><TR
10587 ><TD
10588 ALIGN="LEFT"
10589 >Stephen Tweedie</TD
10590 ><TD
10591 ALIGN="LEFT"
10592 >&lt;sct@dcs.ed.ac.uk&gt;</TD
10593 ></TR
10594 ><TR
10595 ><TD
10596 ALIGN="LEFT"
10597 >Fred N. van Kempen</TD
10598 ><TD
10599 ALIGN="LEFT"
10600 >&lt;waltje@infomagic.com&gt;</TD
10601 ></TR
10602 ><TR
10603 ><TD
10604 ALIGN="LEFT"
10605 >Bernd Warken</TD
10606 ><TD
10607 ALIGN="LEFT"
10608 >&lt;bwarken@mayn.de&gt;</TD
10609 ></TR
10610 ><TR
10611 ><TD
10612 ALIGN="LEFT"
10613 >Christopher Yeoh</TD
10614 ><TD
10615 ALIGN="LEFT"
10616 >&lt;cyeoh@samba.org&gt;</TD
10617 ></TR
10618 ></TBODY
10619 ></TABLE
10621 ></P
10622 ></DIV
10623 ></DIV
10624 ></DIV
10625 ></DIV
10626 ><H3
10627 CLASS="FOOTNOTES"
10628 >Notes</H3
10629 ><TABLE
10630 BORDER="0"
10631 CLASS="FOOTNOTES"
10632 WIDTH="100%"
10633 ><TR
10634 ><TD
10635 ALIGN="LEFT"
10636 VALIGN="TOP"
10637 WIDTH="5%"
10639 NAME="FTN.AEN261"
10640 HREF="#AEN261"
10641 ><SPAN
10642 CLASS="footnote"
10643 >[1]</SPAN
10644 ></A
10645 ></TD
10646 ><TD
10647 ALIGN="LEFT"
10648 VALIGN="TOP"
10649 WIDTH="95%"
10651 >Command binaries that are not essential enough to place into
10653 CLASS="FILENAME"
10654 >/bin</TT
10655 > must be placed in
10657 CLASS="FILENAME"
10658 >/usr/bin</TT
10659 >, instead. Items that are required only
10660 by non-root users (the X Window System, <TT
10661 CLASS="FILENAME"
10662 >chsh</TT
10664 etc.) are generally not essential enough to be placed into the root
10665 partition.</P
10666 ></TD
10667 ></TR
10668 ><TR
10669 ><TD
10670 ALIGN="LEFT"
10671 VALIGN="TOP"
10672 WIDTH="5%"
10674 NAME="FTN.AEN493"
10675 HREF="#AEN493"
10676 ><SPAN
10677 CLASS="footnote"
10678 >[2]</SPAN
10679 ></A
10680 ></TD
10681 ><TD
10682 ALIGN="LEFT"
10683 VALIGN="TOP"
10684 WIDTH="95%"
10686 > Programs necessary to arrange for the boot loader to be
10687 able to boot a file must be placed in <TT
10688 CLASS="FILENAME"
10689 >/sbin</TT
10691 Configuration files for boot loaders must be placed in
10693 CLASS="FILENAME"
10694 >/etc</TT
10695 >.</P
10697 >The GRUB bootloader reads its configurations file before
10698 booting, so that must be placed in <TT
10699 CLASS="FILENAME"
10700 >/boot</TT
10701 >. However, it is a
10702 configuration file, so should be in <TT
10703 CLASS="FILENAME"
10704 >/etc</TT
10705 >. The answer here is a
10706 symbolic link such as <TT
10707 CLASS="FILENAME"
10708 >/etc/grub/menu.lst</TT
10709 > -&#62; <TT
10710 CLASS="FILENAME"
10711 >/boot/menu.lst</TT
10712 >.</P
10713 ></TD
10714 ></TR
10715 ><TR
10716 ><TD
10717 ALIGN="LEFT"
10718 VALIGN="TOP"
10719 WIDTH="5%"
10721 NAME="FTN.AEN507"
10722 HREF="#AEN507"
10723 ><SPAN
10724 CLASS="footnote"
10725 >[3]</SPAN
10726 ></A
10727 ></TD
10728 ><TD
10729 ALIGN="LEFT"
10730 VALIGN="TOP"
10731 WIDTH="95%"
10733 >On some i386 machines, it may be necessary for
10735 CLASS="FILENAME"
10736 >/boot</TT
10737 > to be located on a separate partition
10738 located completely below cylinder 1024 of the boot device due to
10739 hardware constraints.</P
10741 >Certain MIPS systems require a <TT
10742 CLASS="FILENAME"
10743 >/boot</TT
10745 partition that is a mounted MS-DOS filesystem or whatever other
10746 filesystem type is accessible for the firmware. This may result in
10747 restrictions with respect to usable filenames within
10749 CLASS="FILENAME"
10750 >/boot</TT
10751 > (only for affected systems).</P
10752 ></TD
10753 ></TR
10754 ><TR
10755 ><TD
10756 ALIGN="LEFT"
10757 VALIGN="TOP"
10758 WIDTH="5%"
10760 NAME="FTN.AEN534"
10761 HREF="#AEN534"
10762 ><SPAN
10763 CLASS="footnote"
10764 >[4]</SPAN
10765 ></A
10766 ></TD
10767 ><TD
10768 ALIGN="LEFT"
10769 VALIGN="TOP"
10770 WIDTH="95%"
10772 >The setup of command scripts invoked at boot time may resemble System
10773 V, BSD or other models. Further specification in this area may be
10774 added to a future version of this standard.</P
10775 ></TD
10776 ></TR
10777 ><TR
10778 ><TD
10779 ALIGN="LEFT"
10780 VALIGN="TOP"
10781 WIDTH="5%"
10783 NAME="FTN.AEN540"
10784 HREF="#AEN540"
10785 ><SPAN
10786 CLASS="footnote"
10787 >[5]</SPAN
10788 ></A
10789 ></TD
10790 ><TD
10791 ALIGN="LEFT"
10792 VALIGN="TOP"
10793 WIDTH="95%"
10795 >It is recommended that files be stored in subdirectories of
10797 CLASS="FILENAME"
10798 >/etc</TT
10799 > rather than directly in
10801 CLASS="FILENAME"
10802 >/etc</TT
10803 >.</P
10804 ></TD
10805 ></TR
10806 ><TR
10807 ><TD
10808 ALIGN="LEFT"
10809 VALIGN="TOP"
10810 WIDTH="5%"
10812 NAME="FTN.AEN581"
10813 HREF="#AEN581"
10814 ><SPAN
10815 CLASS="footnote"
10816 >[6]</SPAN
10817 ></A
10818 ></TD
10819 ><TD
10820 ALIGN="LEFT"
10821 VALIGN="TOP"
10822 WIDTH="95%"
10824 >Systems that use the shadow password suite will have additional
10825 configuration files in <TT
10826 CLASS="FILENAME"
10827 >/etc</TT
10829 (<TT
10830 CLASS="FILENAME"
10831 >/etc/shadow</TT
10832 > and others) and programs in
10834 CLASS="FILENAME"
10835 >/usr/sbin</TT
10836 > (<B
10837 CLASS="COMMAND"
10838 >useradd</B
10841 CLASS="COMMAND"
10842 >usermod</B
10843 >, and others).</P
10844 ></TD
10845 ></TR
10846 ><TR
10847 ><TD
10848 ALIGN="LEFT"
10849 VALIGN="TOP"
10850 WIDTH="5%"
10852 NAME="FTN.AEN722"
10853 HREF="#AEN722"
10854 ><SPAN
10855 CLASS="footnote"
10856 >[7]</SPAN
10857 ></A
10858 ></TD
10859 ><TD
10860 ALIGN="LEFT"
10861 VALIGN="TOP"
10862 WIDTH="95%"
10864 >On some Linux systems, this may be a symbolic link to
10866 CLASS="FILENAME"
10867 >/proc/mounts</TT
10868 >, in which case this exception is not
10869 required.</P
10870 ></TD
10871 ></TR
10872 ><TR
10873 ><TD
10874 ALIGN="LEFT"
10875 VALIGN="TOP"
10876 WIDTH="5%"
10878 NAME="FTN.AEN778"
10879 HREF="#AEN778"
10880 ><SPAN
10881 CLASS="footnote"
10882 >[8]</SPAN
10883 ></A
10884 ></TD
10885 ><TD
10886 ALIGN="LEFT"
10887 VALIGN="TOP"
10888 WIDTH="95%"
10890 ><TT
10891 CLASS="FILENAME"
10892 >/etc/X11/xdm</TT
10893 > holds the configuration files for
10895 CLASS="FILENAME"
10896 >xdm</TT
10897 >. These are most of the files previously
10898 found in <TT
10899 CLASS="FILENAME"
10900 >/usr/lib/X11/xdm</TT
10901 >. Some local variable
10902 data for <TT
10903 CLASS="FILENAME"
10904 >xdm</TT
10905 > is stored in
10907 CLASS="FILENAME"
10908 >/var/lib/xdm</TT
10909 >.</P
10910 ></TD
10911 ></TR
10912 ><TR
10913 ><TD
10914 ALIGN="LEFT"
10915 VALIGN="TOP"
10916 WIDTH="5%"
10918 NAME="FTN.AEN808"
10919 HREF="#AEN808"
10920 ><SPAN
10921 CLASS="footnote"
10922 >[9]</SPAN
10923 ></A
10924 ></TD
10925 ><TD
10926 ALIGN="LEFT"
10927 VALIGN="TOP"
10928 WIDTH="95%"
10930 >Different people prefer to place user accounts in a variety of places.
10931 This section describes only a suggested placement for user home
10932 directories; nevertheless we recommend that all FHS-compliant
10933 distributions use this as the default location for home
10934 directories.</P
10936 >On small systems, each user's directory is typically one of the
10937 many subdirectories of <TT
10938 CLASS="FILENAME"
10939 >/home</TT
10940 > such as
10942 CLASS="FILENAME"
10943 >/home/smith</TT
10944 >, <TT
10945 CLASS="FILENAME"
10946 >/home/torvalds</TT
10949 CLASS="FILENAME"
10950 >/home/operator</TT
10951 >, etc. On large systems
10952 (especially when the <TT
10953 CLASS="FILENAME"
10954 >/home</TT
10955 > directories are shared
10956 amongst many hosts using NFS) it is useful to subdivide user home
10957 directories. Subdivision may be accomplished by using subdirectories
10958 such as <TT
10959 CLASS="FILENAME"
10960 >/home/staff</TT
10963 CLASS="FILENAME"
10964 >/home/guests</TT
10967 CLASS="FILENAME"
10968 >/home/students</TT
10969 >, etc.</P
10970 ></TD
10971 ></TR
10972 ><TR
10973 ><TD
10974 ALIGN="LEFT"
10975 VALIGN="TOP"
10976 WIDTH="5%"
10978 NAME="FTN.AEN819"
10979 HREF="#AEN819"
10980 ><SPAN
10981 CLASS="footnote"
10982 >[10]</SPAN
10983 ></A
10984 ></TD
10985 ><TD
10986 ALIGN="LEFT"
10987 VALIGN="TOP"
10988 WIDTH="95%"
10990 >If you want to find out a user's home directory, you should use the
10992 CLASS="FILENAME"
10993 >getpwent(3)</TT
10994 > library function rather than relying
10995 on <TT
10996 CLASS="FILENAME"
10997 >/etc/passwd</TT
10998 > because user information may be
10999 stored remotely using systems such as NIS.</P
11000 ></TD
11001 ></TR
11002 ><TR
11003 ><TD
11004 ALIGN="LEFT"
11005 VALIGN="TOP"
11006 WIDTH="5%"
11008 NAME="FTN.AEN826"
11009 HREF="#AEN826"
11010 ><SPAN
11011 CLASS="footnote"
11012 >[11]</SPAN
11013 ></A
11014 ></TD
11015 ><TD
11016 ALIGN="LEFT"
11017 VALIGN="TOP"
11018 WIDTH="95%"
11020 >It is recommended that apart from autosave and lock files programs
11021 should refrain from creating non dot files or directories in a home
11022 directory without user intervention.</P
11023 ></TD
11024 ></TR
11025 ><TR
11026 ><TD
11027 ALIGN="LEFT"
11028 VALIGN="TOP"
11029 WIDTH="5%"
11031 NAME="FTN.AEN836"
11032 HREF="#AEN836"
11033 ><SPAN
11034 CLASS="footnote"
11035 >[12]</SPAN
11036 ></A
11037 ></TD
11038 ><TD
11039 ALIGN="LEFT"
11040 VALIGN="TOP"
11041 WIDTH="95%"
11043 >Shared libraries that are only necessary for binaries in
11045 CLASS="FILENAME"
11046 >/usr</TT
11047 > (such as any X Window binaries) must not be
11048 in <TT
11049 CLASS="FILENAME"
11050 >/lib</TT
11051 >. Only the shared libraries required to
11052 run binaries in <TT
11053 CLASS="FILENAME"
11054 >/bin</TT
11055 > and
11057 CLASS="FILENAME"
11058 >/sbin</TT
11059 > may be here. In particular, the library
11061 CLASS="FILENAME"
11062 >libm.so.*</TT
11063 > may also be placed in
11065 CLASS="FILENAME"
11066 >/usr/lib</TT
11067 > if it is not required by anything in
11069 CLASS="FILENAME"
11070 >/bin</TT
11071 > or <TT
11072 CLASS="FILENAME"
11073 >/sbin</TT
11074 >.</P
11075 ></TD
11076 ></TR
11077 ><TR
11078 ><TD
11079 ALIGN="LEFT"
11080 VALIGN="TOP"
11081 WIDTH="5%"
11083 NAME="FTN.AEN866"
11084 HREF="#AEN866"
11085 ><SPAN
11086 CLASS="footnote"
11087 >[13]</SPAN
11088 ></A
11089 ></TD
11090 ><TD
11091 ALIGN="LEFT"
11092 VALIGN="TOP"
11093 WIDTH="95%"
11095 >The usual placement of this binary is <TT
11096 CLASS="FILENAME"
11097 >/usr/bin/cpp</TT
11098 >.</P
11099 ></TD
11100 ></TR
11101 ><TR
11102 ><TD
11103 ALIGN="LEFT"
11104 VALIGN="TOP"
11105 WIDTH="5%"
11107 NAME="FTN.AEN890"
11108 HREF="#AEN890"
11109 ><SPAN
11110 CLASS="footnote"
11111 >[14]</SPAN
11112 ></A
11113 ></TD
11114 ><TD
11115 ALIGN="LEFT"
11116 VALIGN="TOP"
11117 WIDTH="95%"
11119 >This is commonly used for 64-bit or 32-bit support on
11120 systems which support multiple binary formats, but require libraries
11121 of the same name. In this case, <TT
11122 CLASS="FILENAME"
11123 >/lib32</TT
11124 > and
11126 CLASS="FILENAME"
11127 >/lib64</TT
11128 > might be the library directories, and
11130 CLASS="FILENAME"
11131 >/lib</TT
11132 > a symlink to one of them.</P
11133 ></TD
11134 ></TR
11135 ><TR
11136 ><TD
11137 ALIGN="LEFT"
11138 VALIGN="TOP"
11139 WIDTH="5%"
11141 NAME="FTN.AEN900"
11142 HREF="#AEN900"
11143 ><SPAN
11144 CLASS="footnote"
11145 >[15]</SPAN
11146 ></A
11147 ></TD
11148 ><TD
11149 ALIGN="LEFT"
11150 VALIGN="TOP"
11151 WIDTH="95%"
11153 ><TT
11154 CLASS="FILENAME"
11155 >/lib&lt;qual&gt;/cpp</TT
11156 > is still permitted: this
11157 allows the case where <TT
11158 CLASS="FILENAME"
11159 >/lib</TT
11160 > and
11162 CLASS="FILENAME"
11163 >/lib&lt;qual&gt;</TT
11164 > are the same (one is a symbolic
11165 link to the other). </P
11166 ></TD
11167 ></TR
11168 ><TR
11169 ><TD
11170 ALIGN="LEFT"
11171 VALIGN="TOP"
11172 WIDTH="5%"
11174 NAME="FTN.AEN947"
11175 HREF="#AEN947"
11176 ><SPAN
11177 CLASS="footnote"
11178 >[16]</SPAN
11179 ></A
11180 ></TD
11181 ><TD
11182 ALIGN="LEFT"
11183 VALIGN="TOP"
11184 WIDTH="95%"
11186 >A compliant implementation with two CDROM drives might have
11188 CLASS="FILENAME"
11189 >/media/cdrom0</TT
11190 > and
11192 CLASS="FILENAME"
11193 >/media/cdrom1</TT
11194 > with
11196 CLASS="FILENAME"
11197 >/media/cdrom</TT
11198 > a symlink to either of these.</P
11199 ></TD
11200 ></TR
11201 ><TR
11202 ><TD
11203 ALIGN="LEFT"
11204 VALIGN="TOP"
11205 WIDTH="5%"
11207 NAME="FTN.AEN1037"
11208 HREF="#AEN1037"
11209 ><SPAN
11210 CLASS="footnote"
11211 >[17]</SPAN
11212 ></A
11213 ></TD
11214 ><TD
11215 ALIGN="LEFT"
11216 VALIGN="TOP"
11217 WIDTH="95%"
11219 >If the home directory of the root account is not
11220 stored on the root partition it will be necessary to make certain it
11221 will default to <TT
11222 CLASS="FILENAME"
11223 >/</TT
11224 > if it can not be
11225 located.</P
11227 >We recommend against using the root account for tasks that can be
11228 performed as an unprivileged user, and that it be used solely for system
11229 administration. For this reason, we recommend that subdirectories for
11230 mail and other applications not appear in the root account's home
11231 directory, and that mail for administration roles such as root,
11232 postmaster, and webmaster be forwarded to an appropriate user.</P
11233 ></TD
11234 ></TR
11235 ><TR
11236 ><TD
11237 ALIGN="LEFT"
11238 VALIGN="TOP"
11239 WIDTH="5%"
11241 NAME="FTN.AEN1051"
11242 HREF="#AEN1051"
11243 ><SPAN
11244 CLASS="footnote"
11245 >[18]</SPAN
11246 ></A
11247 ></TD
11248 ><TD
11249 ALIGN="LEFT"
11250 VALIGN="TOP"
11251 WIDTH="95%"
11253 >Originally, <TT
11254 CLASS="FILENAME"
11255 >/sbin</TT
11256 > binaries were kept in
11258 CLASS="FILENAME"
11259 >/etc</TT
11260 >. </P
11261 ></TD
11262 ></TR
11263 ><TR
11264 ><TD
11265 ALIGN="LEFT"
11266 VALIGN="TOP"
11267 WIDTH="5%"
11269 NAME="FTN.AEN1058"
11270 HREF="#AEN1058"
11271 ><SPAN
11272 CLASS="footnote"
11273 >[19]</SPAN
11274 ></A
11275 ></TD
11276 ><TD
11277 ALIGN="LEFT"
11278 VALIGN="TOP"
11279 WIDTH="95%"
11281 >Deciding what things go into
11282 <SPAN
11283 CLASS="emphasis"
11285 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
11286 >"sbin"</I
11287 ></SPAN
11288 > directories is simple: if a normal (not a
11289 system administrator) user will ever run it directly, then it must be
11290 placed in one of the <SPAN
11291 CLASS="emphasis"
11293 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
11294 >"bin"</I
11295 ></SPAN
11296 > directories. Ordinary
11297 users should not have to place any of the <TT
11298 CLASS="FILENAME"
11299 >sbin</TT
11301 directories in their path.</P
11303 >For example, files such as <B
11304 CLASS="COMMAND"
11305 >chfn</B
11306 > which users
11307 only occasionally use must still be placed in
11309 CLASS="FILENAME"
11310 >/usr/bin</TT
11311 >. <B
11312 CLASS="COMMAND"
11313 >ping</B
11314 >, although it
11315 is absolutely necessary for root (network recovery and diagnosis) is
11316 often used by users and must live in <TT
11317 CLASS="FILENAME"
11318 >/bin</TT
11319 > for
11320 that reason.</P
11322 >We recommend that users have read and execute permission for
11323 everything in <TT
11324 CLASS="FILENAME"
11325 >/sbin</TT
11326 > except, perhaps, certain
11327 setuid and setgid programs. The division between
11329 CLASS="FILENAME"
11330 >/bin</TT
11331 > and <TT
11332 CLASS="FILENAME"
11333 >/sbin</TT
11334 > was not
11335 created for security reasons or to prevent users from seeing the
11336 operating system, but to provide a good partition between binaries
11337 that everyone uses and ones that are primarily used for administration
11338 tasks. There is no inherent security advantage in making
11340 CLASS="FILENAME"
11341 >/sbin</TT
11342 > off-limits for users.&#13;</P
11343 ></TD
11344 ></TR
11345 ><TR
11346 ><TD
11347 ALIGN="LEFT"
11348 VALIGN="TOP"
11349 WIDTH="5%"
11351 NAME="FTN.AEN1192"
11352 HREF="#AEN1192"
11353 ><SPAN
11354 CLASS="footnote"
11355 >[20]</SPAN
11356 ></A
11357 ></TD
11358 ><TD
11359 ALIGN="LEFT"
11360 VALIGN="TOP"
11361 WIDTH="95%"
11363 >This is particularly important as these areas will often contain both
11364 files initially installed by the distributor, and those added by the
11365 administrator.</P
11366 ></TD
11367 ></TR
11368 ><TR
11369 ><TD
11370 ALIGN="LEFT"
11371 VALIGN="TOP"
11372 WIDTH="5%"
11374 NAME="FTN.AEN1299"
11375 HREF="#AEN1299"
11376 ><SPAN
11377 CLASS="footnote"
11378 >[21]</SPAN
11379 ></A
11380 ></TD
11381 ><TD
11382 ALIGN="LEFT"
11383 VALIGN="TOP"
11384 WIDTH="95%"
11386 >Examples of such configuration files include
11388 CLASS="FILENAME"
11389 >Xconfig</TT
11390 >, <TT
11391 CLASS="FILENAME"
11392 >XF86Config</TT
11393 >, or
11395 CLASS="FILENAME"
11396 >system.twmrc</TT
11397 >)</P
11398 ></TD
11399 ></TR
11400 ><TR
11401 ><TD
11402 ALIGN="LEFT"
11403 VALIGN="TOP"
11404 WIDTH="5%"
11406 NAME="FTN.AEN1389"
11407 HREF="#AEN1389"
11408 ><SPAN
11409 CLASS="footnote"
11410 >[22]</SPAN
11411 ></A
11412 ></TD
11413 ><TD
11414 ALIGN="LEFT"
11415 VALIGN="TOP"
11416 WIDTH="95%"
11418 > Miscellaneous
11419 architecture-independent application-specific static files and
11420 subdirectories must be placed in <TT
11421 CLASS="FILENAME"
11422 >/usr/share</TT
11423 >.</P
11424 ></TD
11425 ></TR
11426 ><TR
11427 ><TD
11428 ALIGN="LEFT"
11429 VALIGN="TOP"
11430 WIDTH="5%"
11432 NAME="FTN.AEN1394"
11433 HREF="#AEN1394"
11434 ><SPAN
11435 CLASS="footnote"
11436 >[23]</SPAN
11437 ></A
11438 ></TD
11439 ><TD
11440 ALIGN="LEFT"
11441 VALIGN="TOP"
11442 WIDTH="95%"
11444 > For example, the <TT
11445 CLASS="FILENAME"
11446 >perl5</TT
11447 > subdirectory for
11448 Perl 5 modules and libraries.</P
11449 ></TD
11450 ></TR
11451 ><TR
11452 ><TD
11453 ALIGN="LEFT"
11454 VALIGN="TOP"
11455 WIDTH="5%"
11457 NAME="FTN.AEN1402"
11458 HREF="#AEN1402"
11459 ><SPAN
11460 CLASS="footnote"
11461 >[24]</SPAN
11462 ></A
11463 ></TD
11464 ><TD
11465 ALIGN="LEFT"
11466 VALIGN="TOP"
11467 WIDTH="95%"
11469 >Some executable commands such as <B
11470 CLASS="COMMAND"
11471 >makewhatis</B
11472 > and
11474 CLASS="COMMAND"
11475 >sendmail</B
11476 > have also been traditionally placed in
11478 CLASS="FILENAME"
11479 >/usr/lib</TT
11480 >. <B
11481 CLASS="COMMAND"
11482 >makewhatis</B
11483 > is an
11484 internal binary and must be placed in a binary directory; users access
11485 only <B
11486 CLASS="COMMAND"
11487 >catman</B
11488 >. Newer <B
11489 CLASS="COMMAND"
11490 >sendmail</B
11492 binaries are now placed by default in <TT
11493 CLASS="FILENAME"
11494 >/usr/sbin</TT
11496 Additionally, systems using a <SPAN
11497 CLASS="emphasis"
11499 CLASS="EMPHASIS"
11500 >sendmail</I
11501 ></SPAN
11502 >-compatible
11503 mail transfer agent must provide
11505 CLASS="COMMAND"
11506 >/usr/sbin/sendmail</B
11507 > as a symbolic link to the
11508 appropriate executable. </P
11509 ></TD
11510 ></TR
11511 ><TR
11512 ><TD
11513 ALIGN="LEFT"
11514 VALIGN="TOP"
11515 WIDTH="5%"
11517 NAME="FTN.AEN1418"
11518 HREF="#AEN1418"
11519 ><SPAN
11520 CLASS="footnote"
11521 >[25]</SPAN
11522 ></A
11523 ></TD
11524 ><TD
11525 ALIGN="LEFT"
11526 VALIGN="TOP"
11527 WIDTH="95%"
11529 >Host-specific data for the X Window System must not be stored in
11531 CLASS="FILENAME"
11532 >/usr/lib/X11</TT
11533 >. Host-specific configuration files
11534 such as <TT
11535 CLASS="FILENAME"
11536 >Xconfig</TT
11537 > or
11539 CLASS="FILENAME"
11540 >XF86Config</TT
11541 > must be stored in
11543 CLASS="FILENAME"
11544 >/etc/X11</TT
11545 >. This includes configuration data such
11546 as <TT
11547 CLASS="FILENAME"
11548 >system.twmrc</TT
11549 > even if it is only made a
11550 symbolic link to a more global configuration file (probably in
11552 CLASS="FILENAME"
11553 >/usr/X11R6/lib/X11</TT
11554 >).</P
11555 ></TD
11556 ></TR
11557 ><TR
11558 ><TD
11559 ALIGN="LEFT"
11560 VALIGN="TOP"
11561 WIDTH="5%"
11563 NAME="FTN.AEN1435"
11564 HREF="#AEN1435"
11565 ><SPAN
11566 CLASS="footnote"
11567 >[26]</SPAN
11568 ></A
11569 ></TD
11570 ><TD
11571 ALIGN="LEFT"
11572 VALIGN="TOP"
11573 WIDTH="95%"
11575 >The case where <TT
11576 CLASS="FILENAME"
11577 >/usr/lib</TT
11578 > and <TT
11579 CLASS="FILENAME"
11580 >/usr/lib&lt;qual&gt;</TT
11581 > are the
11582 same (one is a symbolic link to the other) these files and the
11583 per-application subdirectories will exist.</P
11584 ></TD
11585 ></TR
11586 ><TR
11587 ><TD
11588 ALIGN="LEFT"
11589 VALIGN="TOP"
11590 WIDTH="5%"
11592 NAME="FTN.AEN1450"
11593 HREF="#AEN1450"
11594 ><SPAN
11595 CLASS="footnote"
11596 >[27]</SPAN
11597 ></A
11598 ></TD
11599 ><TD
11600 ALIGN="LEFT"
11601 VALIGN="TOP"
11602 WIDTH="95%"
11604 >Software placed in <TT
11605 CLASS="FILENAME"
11606 >/</TT
11607 > or
11609 CLASS="FILENAME"
11610 >/usr</TT
11611 > may be overwritten by system upgrades
11612 (though we recommend that distributions do not overwrite data in
11614 CLASS="FILENAME"
11615 >/etc</TT
11616 > under these circumstances). For this
11617 reason, local software must not be placed outside of
11619 CLASS="FILENAME"
11620 >/usr/local</TT
11621 > without good reason.</P
11622 ></TD
11623 ></TR
11624 ><TR
11625 ><TD
11626 ALIGN="LEFT"
11627 VALIGN="TOP"
11628 WIDTH="5%"
11630 NAME="FTN.AEN1530"
11631 HREF="#AEN1530"
11632 ><SPAN
11633 CLASS="footnote"
11634 >[28]</SPAN
11635 ></A
11636 ></TD
11637 ><TD
11638 ALIGN="LEFT"
11639 VALIGN="TOP"
11640 WIDTH="95%"
11642 ><TT
11643 CLASS="FILENAME"
11644 >/usr/local/man</TT
11645 > may be deprecated in future FHS
11646 releases, so if all else is equal, making that one a symlink seems
11647 sensible.</P
11648 ></TD
11649 ></TR
11650 ><TR
11651 ><TD
11652 ALIGN="LEFT"
11653 VALIGN="TOP"
11654 WIDTH="5%"
11656 NAME="FTN.AEN1540"
11657 HREF="#AEN1540"
11658 ><SPAN
11659 CLASS="footnote"
11660 >[29]</SPAN
11661 ></A
11662 ></TD
11663 ><TD
11664 ALIGN="LEFT"
11665 VALIGN="TOP"
11666 WIDTH="95%"
11668 >Locally installed system administration programs should be placed in
11670 CLASS="FILENAME"
11671 >/usr/local/sbin</TT
11672 >.</P
11674 ></P
11675 ></TD
11676 ></TR
11677 ><TR
11678 ><TD
11679 ALIGN="LEFT"
11680 VALIGN="TOP"
11681 WIDTH="5%"
11683 NAME="FTN.AEN1550"
11684 HREF="#AEN1550"
11685 ><SPAN
11686 CLASS="footnote"
11687 >[30]</SPAN
11688 ></A
11689 ></TD
11690 ><TD
11691 ALIGN="LEFT"
11692 VALIGN="TOP"
11693 WIDTH="95%"
11695 >Much of this data originally lived in <TT
11696 CLASS="FILENAME"
11697 >/usr</TT
11699 (<TT
11700 CLASS="FILENAME"
11701 >man</TT
11702 >, <TT
11703 CLASS="FILENAME"
11704 >doc</TT
11705 >) or
11707 CLASS="FILENAME"
11708 >/usr/lib</TT
11709 > (<TT
11710 CLASS="FILENAME"
11711 >dict</TT
11714 CLASS="FILENAME"
11715 >terminfo</TT
11716 >, <TT
11717 CLASS="FILENAME"
11718 >zoneinfo</TT
11719 >).</P
11720 ></TD
11721 ></TR
11722 ><TR
11723 ><TD
11724 ALIGN="LEFT"
11725 VALIGN="TOP"
11726 WIDTH="5%"
11728 NAME="FTN.AEN1701"
11729 HREF="#AEN1701"
11730 ><SPAN
11731 CLASS="footnote"
11732 >[31]</SPAN
11733 ></A
11734 ></TD
11735 ><TD
11736 ALIGN="LEFT"
11737 VALIGN="TOP"
11738 WIDTH="95%"
11740 >Obviously, there are no manual pages in <TT
11741 CLASS="FILENAME"
11742 >/</TT
11744 because they are not required at boot time nor are they required in
11745 emergencies. Really.</P
11746 ></TD
11747 ></TR
11748 ><TR
11749 ><TD
11750 ALIGN="LEFT"
11751 VALIGN="TOP"
11752 WIDTH="5%"
11754 NAME="FTN.AEN1741"
11755 HREF="#AEN1741"
11756 ><SPAN
11757 CLASS="footnote"
11758 >[32]</SPAN
11759 ></A
11760 ></TD
11761 ><TD
11762 ALIGN="LEFT"
11763 VALIGN="TOP"
11764 WIDTH="95%"
11766 >For example, if <TT
11767 CLASS="FILENAME"
11768 >/usr/local/man</TT
11770 has no manual pages in section 4 (Devices), then
11772 CLASS="FILENAME"
11773 >/usr/local/man/man4</TT
11774 > may be omitted.</P
11775 ></TD
11776 ></TR
11777 ><TR
11778 ><TD
11779 ALIGN="LEFT"
11780 VALIGN="TOP"
11781 WIDTH="5%"
11783 NAME="FTN.AEN1797"
11784 HREF="#AEN1797"
11785 ><SPAN
11786 CLASS="footnote"
11787 >[33]</SPAN
11788 ></A
11789 ></TD
11790 ><TD
11791 ALIGN="LEFT"
11792 VALIGN="TOP"
11793 WIDTH="95%"
11795 > A major exception to this rule is the
11796 United Kingdom, which is `GB' in the ISO 3166, but `UK' for most email
11797 addresses.</P
11798 ></TD
11799 ></TR
11800 ><TR
11801 ><TD
11802 ALIGN="LEFT"
11803 VALIGN="TOP"
11804 WIDTH="5%"
11806 NAME="FTN.AEN1944"
11807 HREF="#AEN1944"
11808 ><SPAN
11809 CLASS="footnote"
11810 >[34]</SPAN
11811 ></A
11812 ></TD
11813 ><TD
11814 ALIGN="LEFT"
11815 VALIGN="TOP"
11816 WIDTH="95%"
11818 >Some such files include:
11821 CLASS="FILENAME"
11822 >airport</TT
11823 >, <TT
11824 CLASS="FILENAME"
11825 > birthtoken</TT
11826 >, <TT
11827 CLASS="FILENAME"
11828 >eqnchar</TT
11829 >, <TT
11830 CLASS="FILENAME"
11831 > getopt</TT
11832 >, <TT
11833 CLASS="FILENAME"
11834 >gprof.callg</TT
11835 >, <TT
11836 CLASS="FILENAME"
11837 > gprof.flat</TT
11838 >, <TT
11839 CLASS="FILENAME"
11840 >inter.phone</TT
11841 >, <TT
11842 CLASS="FILENAME"
11843 > ipfw.samp.filters</TT
11846 CLASS="FILENAME"
11847 > ipfw.samp.scripts</TT
11848 >, <TT
11849 CLASS="FILENAME"
11850 >keycap.pcvt</TT
11851 >, <TT
11852 CLASS="FILENAME"
11853 > mail.help</TT
11854 >, <TT
11855 CLASS="FILENAME"
11856 >mail.tildehelp</TT
11857 >, <TT
11858 CLASS="FILENAME"
11859 > man.template</TT
11862 CLASS="FILENAME"
11863 >map3270</TT
11864 >, <TT
11865 CLASS="FILENAME"
11866 > mdoc.template</TT
11869 CLASS="FILENAME"
11870 >more.help</TT
11871 >, <TT
11872 CLASS="FILENAME"
11873 > na.phone</TT
11876 CLASS="FILENAME"
11877 >nslookup.help</TT
11878 >, <TT
11879 CLASS="FILENAME"
11880 > operator</TT
11883 CLASS="FILENAME"
11884 >scsi_modes</TT
11885 >, <TT
11886 CLASS="FILENAME"
11887 > sendmail.hf</TT
11890 CLASS="FILENAME"
11891 >style</TT
11892 >, <TT
11893 CLASS="FILENAME"
11894 > units.lib</TT
11897 CLASS="FILENAME"
11898 >vgrindefs</TT
11899 >, <TT
11900 CLASS="FILENAME"
11901 > vgrindefs.db</TT
11904 CLASS="FILENAME"
11905 >zipcodes</TT
11906 >&#13;</P
11907 ></TD
11908 ></TR
11909 ><TR
11910 ><TD
11911 ALIGN="LEFT"
11912 VALIGN="TOP"
11913 WIDTH="5%"
11915 NAME="FTN.AEN2042"
11916 HREF="#AEN2042"
11917 ><SPAN
11918 CLASS="footnote"
11919 >[35]</SPAN
11920 ></A
11921 ></TD
11922 ><TD
11923 ALIGN="LEFT"
11924 VALIGN="TOP"
11925 WIDTH="95%"
11927 >Generally, source should not be built within this hierarchy.</P
11928 ></TD
11929 ></TR
11930 ><TR
11931 ><TD
11932 ALIGN="LEFT"
11933 VALIGN="TOP"
11934 WIDTH="5%"
11936 NAME="FTN.AEN2209"
11937 HREF="#AEN2209"
11938 ><SPAN
11939 CLASS="footnote"
11940 >[36]</SPAN
11941 ></A
11942 ></TD
11943 ><TD
11944 ALIGN="LEFT"
11945 VALIGN="TOP"
11946 WIDTH="95%"
11948 >This standard does not currently incorporate the TeX Directory
11949 Structure (a document that describes the layout TeX files and
11950 directories), but it may be useful reading. It is located at
11952 HREF="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex/"
11953 TARGET="_top"
11954 >ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex/</A
11955 ></P
11956 ></TD
11957 ></TR
11958 ><TR
11959 ><TD
11960 ALIGN="LEFT"
11961 VALIGN="TOP"
11962 WIDTH="5%"
11964 NAME="FTN.AEN2244"
11965 HREF="#AEN2244"
11966 ><SPAN
11967 CLASS="footnote"
11968 >[37]</SPAN
11969 ></A
11970 ></TD
11971 ><TD
11972 ALIGN="LEFT"
11973 VALIGN="TOP"
11974 WIDTH="95%"
11976 >For example, <TT
11977 CLASS="FILENAME"
11978 >/usr/share/man/man1/ls.1</TT
11979 > is
11980 formatted into <TT
11981 CLASS="FILENAME"
11982 >/var/cache/man/cat1/ls.1</TT
11983 >, and
11985 CLASS="FILENAME"
11986 >/usr/X11R6/man/&lt;locale&gt;/man3/XtClass.3x</TT
11987 > into
11989 CLASS="FILENAME"
11990 >/var/cache/man/X11R6/&lt;locale&gt;/cat3/XtClass.3x</TT
11991 >.</P
11992 ></TD
11993 ></TR
11994 ><TR
11995 ><TD
11996 ALIGN="LEFT"
11997 VALIGN="TOP"
11998 WIDTH="5%"
12000 NAME="FTN.AEN2295"
12001 HREF="#AEN2295"
12002 ><SPAN
12003 CLASS="footnote"
12004 >[38]</SPAN
12005 ></A
12006 ></TD
12007 ><TD
12008 ALIGN="LEFT"
12009 VALIGN="TOP"
12010 WIDTH="95%"
12012 >An important difference between this version of this standard and
12013 previous ones is that applications are now required to use a
12014 subdirectory of <TT
12015 CLASS="FILENAME"
12016 >/var/lib</TT
12017 >. </P
12019 ></P
12020 ></TD
12021 ></TR
12022 ><TR
12023 ><TD
12024 ALIGN="LEFT"
12025 VALIGN="TOP"
12026 WIDTH="5%"
12028 NAME="FTN.AEN2381"
12029 HREF="#AEN2381"
12030 ><SPAN
12031 CLASS="footnote"
12032 >[39]</SPAN
12033 ></A
12034 ></TD
12035 ><TD
12036 ALIGN="LEFT"
12037 VALIGN="TOP"
12038 WIDTH="95%"
12040 >This hierarchy should contain files stored in
12042 CLASS="FILENAME"
12043 >/var/db</TT
12044 > in current BSD releases. These include
12046 CLASS="FILENAME"
12047 >locate.database</TT
12048 > and
12050 CLASS="FILENAME"
12051 >mountdtab</TT
12052 >, and the kernel symbol database(s).</P
12053 ></TD
12054 ></TR
12055 ><TR
12056 ><TD
12057 ALIGN="LEFT"
12058 VALIGN="TOP"
12059 WIDTH="5%"
12061 NAME="FTN.AEN2396"
12062 HREF="#AEN2396"
12063 ><SPAN
12064 CLASS="footnote"
12065 >[40]</SPAN
12066 ></A
12067 ></TD
12068 ><TD
12069 ALIGN="LEFT"
12070 VALIGN="TOP"
12071 WIDTH="95%"
12073 >Then, anything wishing to use <TT
12074 CLASS="FILENAME"
12075 >/dev/ttyS0</TT
12077 can read the lock file and act accordingly (all locks in
12079 CLASS="FILENAME"
12080 >/var/lock</TT
12081 > should be world-readable).</P
12082 ></TD
12083 ></TR
12084 ><TR
12085 ><TD
12086 ALIGN="LEFT"
12087 VALIGN="TOP"
12088 WIDTH="5%"
12090 NAME="FTN.AEN2437"
12091 HREF="#AEN2437"
12092 ><SPAN
12093 CLASS="footnote"
12094 >[41]</SPAN
12095 ></A
12096 ></TD
12097 ><TD
12098 ALIGN="LEFT"
12099 VALIGN="TOP"
12100 WIDTH="95%"
12102 >Note that <TT
12103 CLASS="FILENAME"
12104 >/var/mail</TT
12105 > may be a symbolic link to
12106 another directory.</P
12107 ></TD
12108 ></TR
12109 ><TR
12110 ><TD
12111 ALIGN="LEFT"
12112 VALIGN="TOP"
12113 WIDTH="5%"
12115 NAME="FTN.AEN2469"
12116 HREF="#AEN2469"
12117 ><SPAN
12118 CLASS="footnote"
12119 >[42]</SPAN
12120 ></A
12121 ></TD
12122 ><TD
12123 ALIGN="LEFT"
12124 VALIGN="TOP"
12125 WIDTH="95%"
12127 ><TT
12128 CLASS="FILENAME"
12129 >/var/run</TT
12130 > should be unwritable for unprivileged
12131 users (root or users running daemons); it is a major security problem
12132 if any user can write in this directory.</P
12133 ></TD
12134 ></TR
12135 ><TR
12136 ><TD
12137 ALIGN="LEFT"
12138 VALIGN="TOP"
12139 WIDTH="5%"
12141 NAME="FTN.AEN2493"
12142 HREF="#AEN2493"
12143 ><SPAN
12144 CLASS="footnote"
12145 >[43]</SPAN
12146 ></A
12147 ></TD
12148 ><TD
12149 ALIGN="LEFT"
12150 VALIGN="TOP"
12151 WIDTH="95%"
12153 >UUCP lock files must be placed in <TT
12154 CLASS="FILENAME"
12155 >/var/lock</TT
12156 >. See
12157 the above section on <TT
12158 CLASS="FILENAME"
12159 >/var/lock</TT
12160 >. </P
12161 ></TD
12162 ></TR
12163 ><TR
12164 ><TD
12165 ALIGN="LEFT"
12166 VALIGN="TOP"
12167 WIDTH="5%"
12169 NAME="FTN.AEN2582"
12170 HREF="#AEN2582"
12171 ><SPAN
12172 CLASS="footnote"
12173 >[44]</SPAN
12174 ></A
12175 ></TD
12176 ><TD
12177 ALIGN="LEFT"
12178 VALIGN="TOP"
12179 WIDTH="95%"
12181 >NIS should not be confused with Sun NIS+, which uses a different
12182 directory, <TT
12183 CLASS="FILENAME"
12184 >/var/nis</TT
12185 >.</P
12186 ></TD
12187 ></TR
12188 ></TABLE
12189 ></BODY
12190 ></HTML